Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
WTR2703214_6
to CITY OF RENTON TRACKING NO. 8_2 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.: REN 105.049 I Item covered by this submittal: Reservoir Shop Drawings Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): ' 13.1.B ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. 2 ® This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ❑ 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Contractor Comments: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Deviations Specifically Noted: 2/6/2008 9:51 AM Drawings.doc J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submittal 008.2 - Reservoir Shop Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 01/30/08 Date Returned to Contractor: 2/6/08 Engineer to Contractor Notes: The proposed anchor bolt location is acceptable. The proposed stair treads are not equal to the perf-o-grip treads. Due to the cantilever load condition and because only the edges of the treads are supported at the tank wall, the perf-o-grip long edges provide all the necessary resistance. The proposed grate treads require a different load condition since only the bearing bars provide the resistance, not the edges. Please provide the perf-o-grip treads or submit an equivalent. ❑ Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ® Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date: 2/6/08 By: Jon Conner Drawings.doc s r.Z I '"z-, _. Submittal #08.2 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #: WTR-27-3214 13.1 Revised Reservoir Shop Drawings Includes revisions to upper roof platform and relocation of doorsheet ■ Stair tread load data General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By Date 01/30/08 L I 02006 We have all types of gratings -all materials? tY a t. 1 11wiKices k 1 7 "' 1 9 x a R. tail 0 r4�dL 1s� td l� I ,� ;Ord tiles A x 1/16" 3132'.s;.Ir _ �I 9lf t 1' 121 . 2' hex �Bx- lrrs 1/16, A ± 1 /16" R. C (Edge Margin) width width .wldth 12 , :1 16 width.. wldlh W. width 30 r width A 4-15/16" 6-15/16 9-15/16" 11-15/16, 1745/16" 3-15/16' 2915116' B 718' 1 7/8° 7/8' 7/8` 718" 118` 7/8' C 9/32" 7116" 1/4" 13/32' 19/32` 1/2" 31/32' D 4.3/8' 6.1/16° 9-7/16" 11-1/8' 16-3/4° 22-5/16° 28' 26', 32", 33" 24", 3B", 36" 1" ' - -°M Perf-0 Grip Waftify offers a true width by mea- 5. t 1 Suring from the inside flange, not the outside flange, information on end plate is available. MATERIAL: 11 or 13 gauge, Galvanized Steel 11 or 13.gauge HRPO Steel HEIGHTS: 1-1/2" or 2" WIDTHS: 511, 7" , 10", 1211 LENGTHS: 24", 30" and 36" 9-Clip fastens the grating securely to the supporting steel without drilling holes. Standard finish is galvanized. Standard P-Bolt Seat provides a secure anchor of the grating to structural supports. Standard bolt seat features oblong holes designed to ensure a vertical anchor (3/8' bolt) even if hole Is off concentrically by as much as 1/4'. Double Bolt Seat also available, pllid-Clip can be used at midspan to Increase load carrying capabilities of individual channels by fastening . several planks together to form an integral section. S 'H ce Stilled Pl to Kit For.vvidths`greater than 12'--use of grating surface' splice. kit is recommended to mechanically join butt 1 ends of plank sections. POG-ES-1for 16' plank (16 each)' POG•ES•13 for 24"plank ('6 each) POO-ES-16 for 30" plank (18 each) 'aerdware included: 3/a's 1 cardada gUalkwag/ llliCs bolle,3le"list washers and bell seats. Plate Kit provides continuity when multiple lengths of Perf-0 Grips are desired. Connections are reinforced with the addition of splice plates attached to side channels. FOG-WS-30 for 24", 30' Wlde Walkway Each kit: 2 splice plates, 32 each of following hardware: l 2' x 1-1/4' hex polls, 12"-13 hex nuts and V2" Ilat washers. 9 ' E"0 1 - 0-2 tea'-� e 820 r ar ser �4y i y ti ZME Width #/I F Height 2 6 3'p Clear Span 2'0k " TV 4'0" 4'6" 5'0" 5'6" 6'0" 7'0" 8'0" 111- 1O'0" 11'0" 12'0" u 2008.1287 659. 505 400 325 26R 227 168 130 103 85 70 60 5' 2 6 1-1/2" 0 0 05 .` 0.08. 0.11. 0.15 :. 0.20 ;0.25 0.31. 0.311f 0.45 0.62 0.82 1.04 1.30 1.57 1.90 C A36 :,670.. 559•.481 •421. 375 ..338 308 284 244 216 194 176 162 150 0:04 •, 0.06 0.12 0.16 .20 0.25 0.30 0.36 0,49 0,65 0.83 1.04 1.27 1.52 U 1536 984 685 504 387 306 249 206 174 129 100 79 65 55 46 71 3 1-112" D 0.05 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.36 0.43 0.58 0.77 0.98 1.22 1.51 1.81 C 914 731 609 522 457 406 366 332 305 263 232 208 190 174 162 D 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.34 0.47 0.61 0.78 0.98 1.20 1.44 U 1965 .1473 1024 _754 578 458 371 307 259 192 147 118 96 80 68 7` 8.3." 3- : D :0,03 .0,06, 0.08 ,0.11. 0.14 .0.18 0.23 0.27 0.33 0.44' 0.58 0.74 0.92 1.13 1.36 C 1369.'1096:._ 913.. 763. 685 ' 609 548 498 456 391 344 308 279 257 237 D n.03 0.05 0:07 ` 0.09 . 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.35 0.47 0.59 0.74 0.90 1.08 U 063 745 517 380 291 230 187 154 129 95 73 58 46 38 32 10' 3.6 1-1/2" D 0.04,. 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.43 0.59 0.77 0.98 1.20 1.44 1.71 855 604 645 554 465 431 388 353 323 277 242 216 191 176 162 D 0.03 0.05 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.35 0.47 0.61 0.78 0.95 1.16 1.39 U 1735..1110 771 568 435 344 281 0 10" 3.9 2" D 0.04. 0.06 . 0.08 , 0,11. 0.15 0.18 0. 5 1 1.34 01,12971038 865 ..741 648 645 9 422 8 2 26 245 D 0:02 0.D4 U 669 655L684 0.05 0.08 336 0.10 25 0 4 18 166 6 0. 0 0 4 0,89 1.06 37 31 12" 4.3 11/2' b 0.03 0.070.13 0.22 0.27 0. 0. 5 0. 0.92 1.16 1.43 1.68 C 960 8195 6 460 416 380 349 303 268 241 218 198 182 D 0.03 0.050.14 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.32 0.44 0.58 0.74 0.91 1.11 1.32 U 1510 966U67193 378 299 243 201 170 126 97 77 63 53 45 D 0.03 0.050.10 -0.13 0.16 0.20 0.25 0.29 0.40 0.53 0.68 0.85 1.03 1.25 12" 4 6 2" C 1442 1154862 756 673 608 555 509 440 388 349 317 291 270 D 0.02 '0.040.08 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.20 0.23 0.32 0.54 0.67 0.82 0.99 u 714 457232 179 142 116 96 82 60 ' 45 36 29 24 21 18" 5.7 1-1/2• D 0.04 0.07 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.32 0.39 0.52 0.68 86 1.05 1.27 1.56 C 964 771 642 551 495 481 434 397 366 314 --274 t243 220 199 183 Di 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.42 O.M ; 0.69 0.85 1.03 1.23 U 1072 686 476 350 268 212 .1.73 143 121 - 90 -fi 55 44 36 31 18" 6.0 2" D A.03 - 0.05 .. 0.07 , 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.20 0.24 0.29 0.40 0.53 67 0.82 0.98 1.19 C 1452- 1162 968 -830 726 . 645 581 528 509, 47A� 411 "366 329 299 274 0 0 02 0.03' 0.05, 0.06 0.09 012 0.14 0.17 0 22 0,32 0 42 n 53 0.65 0.79 0.94 MR, 0 i Mr. -a U 2899 1978 13� 75 1012 776 614 I 498 411 347 261 201 160 130 108 92 D 0'03 D.O6 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.34 0.47 0.62 0.78 0.97 1.18 1.42 7` 4.5 2" C 1762 1410 1175 1032 904 805 726 661 607 533 469 420 380 348 321 D 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.27 0.37 0.49 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.14 U 1937.1240 861 633 . 486 385 312 259 218 161 124 99 80 67 57 D 0.03 0.05 ` 0.10 0.13 -0.16 0.20 0.24 0.29 0.40 .052 0.83 1.01 1.22 12" 5.5 2".. C 1881 1505 .0.07 12,92 1109" 971 865 781 . 712 654 563 496 ,067 444 403 369 341 D ' 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.20 0.23 0.32 0.42 0.54 0.67 0.81 0.98 U 1250 800 555 408 314 249 201 167 141 104 80 64 53 44 37 18" 71 2" D 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.35 0.46 0,59 0.74 0.91 1.08 C 1924 1539 1283 1099 962 855 770 700 641 550 484 434 395 363 337 D 0.02 0,04 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.28 0.37 0 48 0.59 0.73 0.87 a1k 2tl $2 tn U 5751 3681 2556 1878 1438 1136 920 760 639 469 359 284 230 190 160 247. 11:8.. 5" 0 0,02 0.02 0.04.'0,05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.39 0,47 0.56 C 9504 7603.6336 5431 .4752 4224 3802 3456 3168 2715 2376 2112 1901 1728 1584 D 0.01 0.01 0.02 '0.03 - 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.11 0,15 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.34 u 3868 2475 1719 1263 967 764 619 511 430 316 242 191 155 128 107 30" 13.6 5" O IDI 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.32 0.39 0.46 C 9534 7627 6356 5448 4767 4237 3813 3467 3178 2724 2383 2119 1907 1733 1589 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.33 Pert-O Grip. Walkway available to 36" width. Loading information is available. Hers. 3/16"; GW-250 117.4 6W-250-2 118.3 1 SGW-250 121.9 SGW-25)-2 Molded Fiberglass lware. To order clip are.) -iberglass Grating to >ars for support. iberglass end plank; ultruded Fiberglass' ig two adjacent bars teel (specify). )cked and locked /16" (CA) or 1-3/16" 1 bars and screwed cluded..1 gned to fit bearing rs. Stepped tail it and beam flanges dy galvanized. set wing to fit 'teel screw to ecially formed ng up to Fiberglass are. /ailable for 1" to 5" ckness-specify ructural shape in a /ith 7/8" to 1" gap 'n clip for Pultruded etween two bars Clip is below slip for smaller (isting structure/ to fasten close 1 fctural flange is i, mmodate very MrAN j2- 2,_6„ 3 -0„ 3,-6" 4'-0" 41-6„ L6 6.0, 6, 6, 7.0 U 355 227 158 116 89 70 Stress er sq. nch 4" x 1/8" Unit Uniform Load -Pounds perrSq Ft. C 355 284. 237 203. 178 158 D 079 .124 .179 .243 .318 .402 C - Concentrated Load -Pounds per Ft U 533 341. 237 174 133 105 width at mid span 3/4" x 3/16" D .099 1 .155 .223 .304 .397 1 .503 D - Deflection -Inches C 533- 426 355 305 266 237 Load Tables D .079 .124 .179 .243 .318 .402 101 84 70 www.mcnichoi U 632 404 281 206 168 125 1 " x 1 /8" D .074 .116 A 68 .228 .298 .377 .466 .563 .670 C 632 505 421 361 316 281 253 230 211 G AA & G B E D -.060 .093 .134 1 .182 .238 .302 .372 .451 .536 152 125 5 designed fc 10 U 947 606 421 309 237 187 1" x 3/16" D .074 .116 .168 .228 .298 1 .377 .466 1 .563 .670 Wheel traffic C 947 1 .758 632 541 474 421 379 344 316 D .060 .093 .134 '.182 .238 .3 .372 151 .5 6 U 987 632 439 322 247 FA 0 93 81 1-1 /4" x 1 /8" D .066 ' .093 .134 .182 .23 2 .629 .730 C 987 789 .658 564 4 439 329 304 282 D .048- .074 .107 .146 .1 .241 196 164 .504 .584 U 1480 947 658 483 0 292 7 140 121 D .060 .093 ..134 .182 38 .302 372 .451 ' .536 .629 .730 3/16" C 1480 1184 987 846 PF 740 658 592 538 493 455 423 D .046 .074 .107 .146 .191 .241 .298 .360 .429 .504 .584 U 1421 909 632 355 281 .227 188 158 135 116 1-1/2" x 1/8" D .050 078 112 .199 .251 .310 1 .376 .447 .624 .608 C 1421 947 711 632 568 517 474 437 406 12 D .040 22 .159 .201 .248 .0300 .358 .420 .487 U 2132 947 '9fi 533 421 341 282 237 202 174 1-1/2" x D .050 .112 A-1705 52 .199 .251 .310 .376 .447 .524 .608 C 2132 1421 3/16" 18 1066 947 853 775 711 656 609 D .040 .089 22 .159 .201 .248 .300 .358 .420 .487 U 2901. 47 573 464 384 322 275 237 1-3/4"x D '.043 .067. .096• 130 .725 .170 • .215 .266 .322 .383. .450 .521 3/16" C 2901.. •2321• 1934. .1658 1451 1289 1161 1055 967 893 829 D .034 .053 .077 .104 .136 .172 .213 .257 .306 .360 .417 U 3789 1.2425 , .1684 1237. 947. 749 606 .501 421 359 309 2" x 3/16" D .037 ..058 .084 .114 ' .149 .189 .233 .282 .335 .393 .456 C 3789 3032 2526 2165 1895 1684 1516 1378 1263 1166 1083 D .030 .047 .067 .091 .119 .151 .186 .225 .268 .315 .365 U 4796• 3069 2132 .1566 1199 947. 767 634 533 454 392 2-1/4" x D .033 .052 .074• .101. .132. .168 .207 .250 ' .298 .350 .406 C 4796 3837 .3197 2741 .2398 2132 1918 1744 1599 1476 1370 3/16" D .026 .041 .060 .081 ' .106 .134 .166 .200 .238 .280 .324 U 6921 3789 2632 1933 1480 1170, 947 783 .658 561 483 2-1/2" x D ..030 .047 .067 .091 419 .151 .186 .225 .268 .315 .365 3/16" C 5921 4737. 3947 3383 2961. 2632 2368 2153 1974 1822 1692 D .024 .037. . .054 .073 .095. .121 .149 .180 .215 .252 .292 pans in shaded area produce a deflection of 1/4" or less under i uniform load of 100 pounds per square loot. This c iorl 1s recommended as the maximum to provide pedestrian comfort. It can be exceeded at the discretion of the engif -w w r% l r To determine load for types shown below, muftioly value above by the corresnond WIY'V Grr actor. Deflection under the factored loads will be same as shown in load table. Series SGW SGCW-2, GCM-1 GC 2 GCM-3 GCM-4 GCM-5 GO GR GWH Load Factor 1.27 2.70 2.35 1.90 1.72 1.45 1.15 1 1.61 1 .82 ` GENERAL NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE I. DESIGN & FABRICATION PER AWWA D100-05, SECTION 14 DESIGN METAL TEMP = 20' F 2, WELD SIZES TO BE OF EQUAL THICKN OF THE THINNER MEMBER BEING J❑INE 3. MATERIAL LIST PLATE A36 SHELL PLATE A36,A573-70,A131B ROOF PLATE A36 BOTTOM PLATE A36 STRUCTURAL A36 PIPE A53B FITTINGS A234 BOLTS A307 PLATED GASKETS R.R. 4, PAINT PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION APPROVED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITT4 5. ALL BOLT HOLES IN FLANGES SHALL STRADDLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CENTERLINES 6, ALL SHELL NOZZLES HORIZONTAL CENTERLINE ELEVATIONS ARE MEASUR FROM THE BOTTOM OUTSIDE OF TANK SHELL 2'-0" nnnr \ lr-klr ELEVATION VIEW G , DRAWING LIST SHEET REV DRAWING CONTENTS SHEET REV DRAWING CONTENTS 1 2 ELEVATION & NOTES 36 1 12'0 INLET 2 2 PLAN & APPS 40 1 EXTERIOR LADDER 3 1 SHELL ROLLOUT 41 1 LADDER GUARD TE 4 2 ANNULAR RING LAYOUT 42 0 LADDER PLATFORM 5 1 BOTTOM LAYOUT 43 0 LADDER PLATFORM DETAILS 6 1 BOTTOM SKETCHES 44 1 SPIRAL STAIR 7 0 ROOF PLATE LAYOUT 45 1 ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW 8 0 ROOF SKETCHES 46 2 UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 9 0 ROOF SKETCHES 47 1 ROOF STAIRWAY 15 2 ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 48 1 ROOF PLATFORM 16 2 ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS 49 2 ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS 17 1 RIM & CHINE DETAILS 50 1 LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY 18 0 RINGWALL FOUNDATION 51 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 20 2 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE 52 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 21 0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 53 0 MID LANDING PLATFORM 22 1 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 54 1 INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 30 1 12'0 OVERFLOW 55 0 INTERIOR LADDER 31 0 12'0 OVERFLOW DETAILS 56 1 ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS 32 1 1 12.0 INLET UNDERGROUND 57 1 ROOF HANDRAIL 33 1 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 58 1 CABLE TRAY 34 0 12`0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 59 1 CABLE TRAY DETAILS 35 0 5'-0'0 SUMP 2 1 TB 1/22/08 1 REV'D SHTS: 1-4, 15, 16. 20, 32-33. 45-47, 49-52, 56, 58-59 t 1 TB 1 1/07/08 1 REV D SHTS: 1, 4-6,15-17 2022, 30, 36-41, 44, 46, 48A9 54. 57 REV. IBY IDATE I DESCRIPTION -RACTIONS: t 1/8'. DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.OJ .XXX t.010" ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 19 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY,COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 200 DRAWN BY: KM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 I CHECKED BY: DRAWING N0- 878-00-01 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA -ITLE: ELEVATION & NOTES SHFFT #:01 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED ❑THERWISE 359.04° 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS 0'-8 1/16" OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. S1A 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING — 4. DIMENSIONS ARE RIGHT & LEFT FROM 0' @ OUTSIDE BOTTOM COURSE I° = 0'-7 3/16' 5° = 3'-0' 323.6° 20A 25'-5 13/16" SITE 48B Q NORTH N C47 270°I- 62'-11 7/8' 226.28° 53A 32'-4 11/16' :: 50A H7° '-9 3/16' 46A 22A 180° 125'-11 3/4' .i. APPURTENANCE SCHEDULEXFROM OF B❑TT❑MTOP 2 SHELL 25,6° ITEM RADIUS DEGREE xELEV APPURTENANCE 30A 17'-10 15/16' 15A SHELL - - ANCHOR CHAIR (90) ° 20A SHELL 323.6° 3'-6' 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE W/ NAMEPLATE 34A 31 21'-8 3/8' 20B SHELL 143.6' 3'-6' 36.0 SHELL MANHOLE W/O NAMEPLATE TANK F❑UNDATI❑N 21A 37'-ll 3/16' 9.7' ROOF 3'-0' ROOF ACCESS HATCH 22A PEAK PEAK ROOF 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 30A SHELL 25.6° l07'-0 1/4' 12'0 OVERFLOW 32A 36'-6' 123' FLOOR 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 15A (90) PLCS 33A 36'-6' 114.3FLOOR 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 33A])- 114.3° - OUTLET PIPING TEE 34A 33'-8' 31' FLOOR 12'0 DRAIN 35A 35A 33'-8' 31° FLOOR 5'-0'0 SUMP 36A - 123' - INLET PIPING 40A - 117.10' - EXTERI❑R LADDER 41A - 117.10' - EXTERIOR LADDER GUARD 42A - 117.10' 13'-6' LADDER PLATFORM 56A 44A - - - SPIRAL STAIR 8 8,91° 46A - - ROOF UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 62'-2 3/4' 47A - - ROOF ROOF STAIRWAY 5 8A 48A - - ROOF ROOF PLATFORM 90 ° 50A - - ROOF LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY 62'-ll 7/8" 51A - 359.04° - UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 53A - 226.28' - MID LANDING PLATFORM w 54A - 13.17° - INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM oZ 55A - 9.7° - INTERI❑R LADDER 56A - - ROOF ROOF HANDRAIL C3 I p 58A - 88.91° - CABLE TRAY (2) \` 58B - 226.28° - CABLE TRAY (2) � �6114,3° ' 33A 33AD 114.379'-53/8' ° 42A 404 41 A 117.10* 1 TB 1/22/08 REV'D PLATFORM AND LOC. OF INLET & OUTLET PIPE 81 -11 1 / 2" REV. BY JDATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TOLFRANCFS LINI F"; OTH RWIC NOT f1• FRACTIONS: t 1/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .X% t,03 .XX% t.070' 0 32A 36A 186' 0 3/4' ® ® CERTIFIED 44A 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD 143.6° ANACORTES WA 98221 it 20B PH. 360 293 0682-.FAX 360 293 3893 125'-11 3/4' WWW.TBAILEY.COM FABRICATOR SCALE: N.T.S. ;SF: 120 1 DRAWN BY: KJK APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED Sr. DRAWING NO: 878-00-02 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 116-0" AWWA 1TLE: PLAN & APPS SHEET # 02 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 14 Q TYP SHELL 12 COURES 9-12 R40'-0" I/S RADIUS 3'-0 1/2" 30'-7 1/4" 10 10, T n TYP. TYP SHELL Un COURES 6-8 �1 5 TYP CHORD LENGTH ALL DIMS ARE I/S TYP SHELL F COURES 13-15 _ BILL OF MA-FERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL 6 1 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' x 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 2 1.1 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' X 8'-11 3/4' ROLL A573-70 2 1.2 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' X 22'-4 15/16' ROLL A573-70 8 2 PL 1 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 3 PL 1 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 4 PL 7/8 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 5 PL 13/16 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 6 f PL 3/4 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 3/16' ROLL A573-70 8 7 1 PL 11/16 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 3/16' ROLL A573-70 TYP SHELL K TYP SHELL J A COURES 13&14 - COURES 11 &12 - WEIGHT #TO U.S. Lbs SHIP 73962 6 9410 8 15086 8 81328 8 81328 8 71160 8 66080 8 60992 8 55912 BILL OF MATERIALS SHIP MARK #oF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERI 8 PL 11/16 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 3/16' ROLL A131B 9 PL 5/8 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL A1313 10 PL 1/2 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL A36 11 PL 7/16 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL A36 12 PL 3/8 X 7'11' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL A36 13 PL 1/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31-5 5/16' ROLL A36 14 PL t/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL A36 15 PL 1/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31'-5 5/16' ROLL I A36 15 EE E 13 I v I I Ff� 11 -0" 9 rP 7 D 5 9' -6" __1 3 THi 1z DO� SnT 1 00 2700 226 28° 180° 117,10°90° 88 91° 25.6° �° l'-6 3/16" 1,2 1.1 B 1.2 1,1 TYP SHELL G _ H C TYP SHELL 323.6° COURES 1-3 - ° _ TYP SHELL _ COURES 2-5 143.6 COURES 4-10 r___F- 1/8" 37� F-0 t p INSIDE SHELL 1/8" TYP 1/8" --� INSIDE 45.0j 45,0° SHELL 45.0° 2 1/8" �—{TYP. 1/8" b 1/8" 1/ 1 11 12 MAX SHELL ROLLOUT INSIDE � — 1/8" SHELL AS SEEN IN FLAT PATTERN FROM OUTSIDE OF TANK INSIDE SHELL 37.5 r��3 .5° 1/8't� ' 1/8" yl MAX MAX SECTION H SECTION A G SECTION - COURSES 1 THRU 3 - COURSES 4 THRU 10 SHELL CROSS-SECTI❑N F SECTION 1/81--l---'_-- INSIDE SHELL - COURSES 13 - 15 37,5° 1/8" 11 MAX I \ MAX SECTION COURSES 11 & 12 INSIDE SHELL 11 F 1/16" _:I�/u 7 K SECTI❑N COURSES 13 & 14 14 12 10 D WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 55912 40664 35576 INSIDE 15/16" SHELL � U 3/8' B SECTI❑N COURSE 1 INSIDE 3/8- SHELL 3/8" SHELL �/ Q 15/16' C SECTI❑N COURSES 2 - 5 INSIDE 3/16" SHELL = z-- 11/16" D SECTI❑N COURSES 6 - 8 INSIDE 1/8' 1 SHELL L .� 1/O" 7 60.0°/ E SECTION COURSES 9 - 12 13856 13856 1 TB 1L 08 MOVED SHELL AND ANCHORS; RE -SIZED <1.1 8 1.2> REV. 8Y DATE DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: i 1/8- DEGREES: f 2' DECIMAL: .x t.06" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.oio" ® CERTIFIED TT L) 9E lmw 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 Qi PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 400 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-03 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"OX 115'-O" AWWA ITLE: SHELL ROLLOUT SHEET #:03 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. ANNULAR RING CUT RADIUS IS: 40'-3 11/16" 4 TRUE NORTH N 270 ANNULAR RING (14) PLACES 0' 2'-9 3/4' f CHORD 4.0° ANNULAR RING LAYOUT ANNULAR RING 7/8' TYP TYP ANNULAR PLATE WELD VERTICAL SHELL SEAMS (10) PLACES 1/4 V ANNULAR RING BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs ANNULAR RING SECTION 14 a PL 1/4 x 3'-11 3/16' X 17'-11' A36 7532 14 b FB 1/4 X 2' X 2'-I1 1/2' A36 70 3" 1' (MIN) - BOTTOM PLATE I-- 1 1/2' REF- TYP BOTTOM LAP WELD 3'-11 3/16' JI�I I r R40'-3 11/16" R37'-3 11/16' �I I---- 16' - 7' ----� 3'-0' ODETAILS (14) REQ'D l o Cn) � Ca) PLATE USAGE (7) REQ'D 2 TB 1/22/08 1 ROTATED SHELL VERTS 1 TB 1(7/OB REV'D CUT RADIUS REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: t 1/8- DECREES: t2' DECIMAL .X t.06' .XX t.03 .XXX t.010' M A CERTIFIED TMW .6 1) �. If M40.1 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 ok PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW,TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 130 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-04 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O" O X 115'-O" AWWA ITLE: ANNULAR RING LAYOUT SHEET #: 04 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. BOTTOM CUT RADIUS IS 37'-6 11/16" 5. BOTTOM SLOPES TOWARDS SUMP 1.5% 6. DIMENSIONS ARE CL OF LAP TO CL OF LAP ON BOTTOM LAYOUT 4 TRUE NpRTH N 0° 37'-6 11/16" 37'-4 3/16" - 35'-7 13/16" — 31'-11 13/16" 25'-6 1/8" 19'-8 1/4" 11'-9 3/4" 3'-11 1/4" B911 B13 B 6 B14 B1 \ B10 B7 7'-5" SUMP / I �O �D / B360 B180 138 B36 \ { a � r I B3/ B4 ; 1, I ( B360 B360 B1 B2 270° �240 B360 B240 I 1 I B4 1 B3 >J f 1 ` B360 B6 \ \ B5 B360 B240 � ANNULAR / RING B 8 \ /B7� \ 80 B360 \ 10 '--B12 B14 B 6 B13 BLY B 9/ BOTTOM PLATE 180° BOTTOM LAYOUT TANK CENTER LINE 40'-0" I/S RAD 33'-8" u-� SLOPE- SLOPE BOTTOM ELEVATION 3/4" REF --{ ,— — TYP BOTTOM LAP WELD NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. BOTTOM CUT RADIUS IS 37'-6 11/16" 30'-0" TYP 7'-1 9/16' 10'-10 5/16' --] _ 9'-10 5/16" r e 0 W ---I 7'-1 9/16" I t— 10'-10 5/16' --j 7'-1 9/16" 1�7- 10'-10 5/16" -1 r r 0 O 8-1 9/16' �-- 5'-11 7/16' 8'-1 9/16' i 9'-10 5/16' 8'-1 9/16' n_ r B13 B13 B14 t 9'-10 5/16" --� �9'-10 5/16' --{ ---1 8' -1 9 / 16' 3'-1 9/16' 9-8 1/2" --i 30'-0' TYP } 9'-10 1/8" 9'-10 1/8" �~ r f f - 9'-10 1/8" --� �-- 9'-10 1/8" 4'-6 1/4' 1/16' 4'-5 5/16' 42'-7 1/8' �— 2'-7 1/8' B12 B2 B1 Be Be �-- 9' - 8 1 / 2' 3'-1 9/16' --{ 8'-2 1/16' i-- 2'-7 1/8" 2'-7 1/8' I BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 28 BI-B1 PL 1/4 X 8'-0' X SKETCH TEMP A36 USE (7) PL 1/4 X 8-0' X 360' 2 B180 PL 1/4 X 8-0' X 180' A36 4 B240 PL 1/4 X 8'-0' X 240' A36 7 B360 PL 1/4 X 8-0' X 360' A36 / 5'-11 7 /16' 4'-6 1/4' 4'-ri 1i/1A" Ff8'-2 1/16" -f--- 9'-8 1/2' --�~I [-- 3'-1 9/16" B11 Bll B7 B7 4'-5 5/16' �-- 9-8 1/2" --� 3'-1 9/16' 7'-6 9/16' 5'-9 13/16 7-6 9/16" r5'-9 13/16' B3 34 B4 B3 7'-6 9/16" 5'-9 13/16° V5'-9 '-6 9/16" 13/16' 117/08 DATE FRACTIONS: t 1/8- DEGREES: *2' DECIMAL .x t.06' .XX i.03 .XXX f.010" ® CERTIFIED TIL , fi� 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 ce PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 90 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 ICHECKED BY: I DRAWNG NO: 878-00-06 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: BOTTOM SKETCHES SHEET #:06 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. S-- --- 3. S 4. 11' 2 1809 ROOF PLATE LAYOUT ROOF PLATE 3/16 1 1/2" 3 ROOF PLATE / 4' (MIN) 3/4" REF �— c SECTION SEAL aNK ROOF ]P ANGLE PLATE 1/4 TYP 1/4 981i m i 0 f TOP OF _ TOP ANGLE I" — — 8F T) Ty / 1/4 TYP 1" GAP INSIDE TANK SHELL 2 DETAIL TOP OF DOLLAR PLATE ROOF PLATE 2 RE' T ERA r— CAP PLATE 3/16 3" V (MIN) DF PLATE 1 1/2` REF I-- B SECTION SEAL ROOF PLATE I ___I � 7" 3° DETAIL R79'-61 8A 8B I/S A SECTI❑N 8D I Lo I 1 9/16" 5'-11 1/2" 1 5/16' -- 4 C] I 00 I I a 0 I 00 I BILL OF MATERIALS 39'-1 #TO SHIP SHIPtlPq�OF MARK ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 9/16" 6 13/16" 38 8A ROOF PLATE ASSY. CURVE I�FAIRED R2'-9 3/16" 38 n PL 3/16 X 6'-5' X 39'-3 1/8' TEMP/ROLL x A36 \\- R40'-1 5/16' + 38 b WF 6 X 15 X 38'-4 3/4' ROLL xx A36 1 8B START ROOF PLATE ASSY. 2 b WF 6 X 15 X 38'-4 3/4' ROLL Xx A36 39'-1 9/16' 1 c PL 3/16 X 6-10 1/2' X 39'-3 11/16' TEMP/ROLL x A36 39'-3 1/8' 1 8C CLOSURE ROOF PLATE ASSY. E T A I L S 1 d PL 3/16 X 5'-il 1/2' X 39'-3 1/8' T MP/ROLL x A36 (�)D (38) R E Q' D 2 8D CHANNEL C6 X 8.2 X 10'-4' ROLL xxx A36 1 8E PL 3/16 X 6-00 A36 39'-2 11/16" 80 8F PL 1/2 X 3' X 4' A36 1 3/16' ROLL* = ROLL TO A 80'-0" I/S RADIUS FAIRED CURVE ROLLwx = WILL TO A 79'-5" I/S RADIUS R40'-1 5/16" R2'-9" ROLLxxx = ROLL, LEG IN, TO A 3'-4' I/S RADIUS 39'-1 13/16" 39'-3 1/8' DETAILS d Cll I(a) FAIRED CURVE R40'-1 5/16' 39'-3 1/4" 1'-0 1/8' R2'-9" T 39'-1 15/16" — 39'-3 11/16' &DJE TAILS) REU% 40'-0' PLATE USAGE (1) REQ'D 40'-0' — PLATE USAGE (19) REQ'D C DETAILS C2) REQ'D IREV.IBY IDATE IDESCRIPTION I FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X 3.06' .XX t.03 .XXX t.010' TTAUff CERTIFIED � 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R NOTES: WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE scALE: N.T.S. PSF: 90 DRAWN BY: KJM JAPPROVED BY: 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-08 OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA 4. INTERIOR ROOF SHALL BE SEAL WELDED TITLE: ROOF SKETCHES SHEET #: 08 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. INTERIOR ROOF SHALL BE SEAL WELDED 3 Vw 1 /2" 2 5/8" a ,r W i 2 5/8" — -il1/2' 37'-4 13/16' a R79'-6" I/S RADIUS FOR ITEM (b) o R80'-0" I/S RADIUS cb) FOR ITEM (a),(c),(d) (a) AS ASSEMBLED <8A>X 8B> ROOF PLATE ELEVATION 38'-4 1/2" 38'-4 1/2" oS ROOF PLATE ASSEMBLY ��(1) REQ'D 1/2" (b) 38'-4 1/2" S',�',ROOF PLATE ASSEMBLY (38) REQ'D 1/2" 1/2, A I11 � 1 L 11/2" 3 1/4" 8 3/16" l'-0 1/8" 1_ I} I-- 8 3/16" (b) 1/2, ROOF PL (c) (UNDERSIDE) SEAL a SECTION (b) (UNDERSIDE) "SEAL B SECTI❑N (b) 1/2" ROOF PL (a) (UNDERSIDE) SEAL c SECTION NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING ADIMENSI❑NS ARE CL OF B❑L CL OF BOLT ON A 80'-10 3/E 4 SITE NORTH N )K2'-9 7/8 TYP )K1'-10 5/16" 2' w2'-9 7/6 TYP )K1 )K55' Mw "INL,nur', L rIMIM r-LHIN 180` BILL OF MATERIALS ;OF 'CS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAI ANCHOR CHAIR LO a PL 3 3/4' X 7' X 1'-0' W/SLOT A516-60 80 b PL 2 5/6' X 6 112' X 2'-8' TEMP A516-60 ANCHOR BOLT 35 c RB 2 1/2'0 X 8'-9 1/2- mix THRD2E9' A354 ANCHOR BOLT FOR DOOR SHEET RB 2 1/2'0 X 5'-2' mix T RDIE9',IE ' A354 RB 2 1/2'0 X 3'-6' xxx T RDIE9',IE ' A354 2 1/2'0 FULL COUPLING 3000# THRD A105 PL 2' X 5' X 5' V/HOLE A516-60 Y HEX NUTS & (2) FW )K1'-10 15/16' ill 15/16' WEIGHT U.S. Lbs Y08 RE-LAYED OUT ANCHORS FOR NEW DOORSHEET 1/08 1 REMOVED COUPLINGS AT NORTH SIDE OF TANK E I DESCRIPTION '8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.0.3 .XXX t.010' MAMW CERTIFIED a - u 240111 RTHOLOMEW RD -S WA 98221 ?93 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR LEY.COM 'SF: 120 DRAWN BY: KJM 1APPROVED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWING N0: 87$-00_1j CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR -0" AWWA ITLE: ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT SHEET #:15 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING BOLT CIRCLE 80'-10 3/8"0 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCE ±1/4 ON RADIUS 4" 80'-0"0 (INSIDE SHELL) C❑NSTRUCTI❑N TOLERANCE +1/8 - 1/4 ON RADIUS D 15A p � I o M M d I- rrP 1/2 i M Z � 15AB 1/4 a G] w CDX d v iw In Z e a e a 15AF a _ a a v v. a. 15A ANCHOR CHAIR (90) REQ'D 4 7 / 8' —� 1 6 1/2" r b DETAILS (180) REQ'D INSIDE TANK 15AD � SHELL /- T.O.B. (4) REQ'D FOR 15AE EACH DOOR SHEET CUT & THREAD 15AC BOLTS 4" 9-,� ANCHOR BOLT FOR D❑❑R SHEET (5) REQ'D 4" X 2 5/8' SLOTTED HOLE 1- 1'-0" -1 OQDETAILS (90) REQ'D 5" 2 1/2' 2 1/2" 2 5/8" �- HOLE 15AF DETAILS (90) REQ'D 3" I NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING CP SPLIC I DETAIL 1 SHDP NOTE: TRIM UNROLLED ENDS OF RIM ANGLE TO 18'-0' MINIMUM mmmr n' n rr LL 2 DETAIL 1 BILL (DF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK POF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATER RIM ANGLE 14 17A L6 X 6 X 3/8 X 20'-0' ROLL* A36 SHIM PACK 126 17B FB 1/2' X 2' X 4' A36 126 17C FB 3/8' X 2' X 4' A36 126 ]7D FB 1/4' X 2' X 4' A36 126 17E FB1/8'X2'X4' R❑LL)K = ROLL TO A 40'-0 1/4" INSIDE RADIUS ;HELL ANNULAR RING 1 1 TB I 1/7108 I REV'D CHINE DISTANCE REV. ISY I DATE I DESCRIPTION WEIGHT U.S. Lbs "RACTIONS: t 1/6" DEGREES: 32' DECIMAL: .X t.06" xX t.03 .XXX f.010" R® CERTIFIED Ta-w. 49 ADwIf 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR W W W.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: Q 1 DRAWN BY: KM APPROVED BY. DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-17 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"8 X 115-0" AWWA -ITLE: RIM & CHINE DETAILS SHEET 07 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING R55'-0" FROM CENTER OF TANK R38'-6" 3'-0' 13'-6' FROM CENTER OF TANK INSIDE TANK SHELL 2" N❑N—SHRINK ANNULAR PLATE GROUT. E.L.-457.00' TANK TOP OF TANK BOTTOM BOTTOM. E,L,-456.81' 2 1/4" TOP OF F❑UNDATI❑N. p a° a p v d < v �D I d oe Lfi c d d d ° e MAT F❑UNDATI❑N p a d ° Q p e e p d - p. d° d d v d- d e.Q 'e 4 d p d d d ° I REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION v d ° e d'e v d v °. °. d d _ a° REVISIONS o a d p N e c d e a v a d d p d - ° ° FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06' .XX t.03 .XXX t.010' d v c a v v d a a. v a .. p 4 p d° d e° v d v a p ° ® ® CERTIFIED 12Y 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 F❑UNDATI❑N SECTI❑N PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-18 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AVMA ITLE: RINGWALL FOUNDATION SHEET #:18 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3, SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. INSTALL 1/4"0 NPT & DEBURR FOR TESTING A 5. INSTALL RELIEF BRACING AND LIFTING LUG < — IN SHOP PRIOR TO BEING SHIPPED OUT FOR HEAT TREATMENT. REMOVE BRACING AFTER HEAT TREATMENT. (42) 7/8"0 HOLES ON / \ A 3'-6 1/4"0 B.C. \ W/HOLES STRADDLING D O/ VERTICAL CENTERLINE / \ o / 0 0 20AD c) z' n z /Q" 03, SEE NOTE BEVEL FOR CHINE WELD CLEARANCE 4 1 /2" TYP 20A 36"0 SHELL MANHOLE W/NAMEPLATE — 0 SHELL MANHOLE L ,_ W/0 NAMEPLATE MACHINE MANHOLE FLANGE TO MIN 15/16" AFTER FINISH d' k DETAIL TYP FOR TOP & BOTTOM HINGES SHELL PLATE <1.1> SEE SHT <3> FOR BEVELS (d) (9) 3/16 4 3/16 4 TYP FOR TOP & BOTTOM HINGES 20A (e) 2 DETAIL e DETAIL 3-SIDES/1 3/16 SHELL PL — (k) BILL ®F MA-VERIALS YP #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 20A 36"0 SHELL MANHOLE W/ NAMEPLATE 1 20B 36"0 SHELL MANHOLE W/0 NAMEPLATE 2 0 PL 1.2 X 6'-0 3/4" X 7'-0 3/8" rEMP/ROLt A36 1537 2 b I PL 9/16 X 0'-8- X 9'-5 7/8" ROLL* A36 129 2 c PL 1 1/4 X S-8 3/4" X S-8 3/4 EMP/HOLE A36 634 2 d PL 13/16" X S-8 3/4' X S-8 3/4" MP/HOLE A36 160 2 e RB 3/4"0 X 1'-0" FORM A36 1 4 9 BUY-OUT HINGE BRASS BUSHING W/ G.ZERK BRASS 3 1 k PL 3/16 X 0'-6" X 1'-4" FORM SS 3 1 m NAMEPLATE KIT SS 2 2 20AA CASKET 1/8" X 3'-8 3/4"0 X 3'-0" ID W/HOLES RR 1 84 20AB BOLT 3/4"0 X 3 3/4" W/NUTQ&FW PLTD GR 5 25 2 20AC 1/4" NPT BRASS PLUG BRASS 1 4 20AD L 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" X 1/4" X 1'-6' A36 10 (a) 9 /16 83�5' (b) 10, RADIUS 1 DETAIL 1 7" rf:-3'-0" I.D. ROLL* = ROLL TO A 3'-0" I/S DIAMETER ROLL** = ROLL TO A 80'-0" I/S DIAMETER t <20A> & <20B> IS TO BE HEAT TREATED PRIOR TO FIELD INSTALLATION O O AWWA D100-96 878-00 2007 CONTRACT NO. YEAR 80'-0" 115'-� 4.22 M. GALLON NOM. DIAMETER, FT NOM. HEIGHT, FT NOM. CAPACITY, GAL. A573-70/A36 N/A MATERIAL HEAT TREATMENT FABRICATED AND ERECTED BY T BAILEY, INC. ANACORTES, WASHINGTON O O 2 rn NAMEPLATE 1 5/8 5/8 2 TB 1/22108 REV'D HEAT TREA 1 I T13 1/07108 REV'D NAMEPLATI I �(b) REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION G P. REVISIONS ® SL TOLERANCES. UNLESS OTHERx+SE NOTED: 6'-0 3/4" 1 a DETAIL ROLL TO A 39'-10 13/16" I/S RADIUS (c) PBOTTOM OAA T(d) /TACKSHELL PL LATE 1/4 A SECTION REMOVE BRACING AFTER HEAT TREATMENT. -RACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX 1.03 .XXX t,010" M CERTIFIED TAMW Mmw 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 ok PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 WWW.TBAILEY.COM FABRICATOR SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 I DRAWN Br. KJM 1APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-20 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: 36"0 SHELL MANHOLE SHEET #: 2C NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. PLATFORM HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY TYP. C 1/4 0 4 8 A) o 0 (o) TYP- �D 21A Ln M o I L'j in v 1/4 1_' 2'-7" 3" DETAILS n DETAILS Cl) REQ'D (2) REQ'D R37'-11 3/16" TO CENTER OF TANK 1'-1 � 1'-0" 3'-0" ---� -�- INSIDE DIAMETER 3'-0 5/8" HOLE IN IDI ROOF. INTERIOR LADDER SEE DWG (55) INSIDE TANK SHELL 21A 36"� ROOF ACCESS HATCH /4 TYP. 013/16' HOLE TYP �6 3/4"--I�1 1/2" 013/16' HOLE 3" TYP 3" (a) ROOF PLATE h DETAILS (2) REQ'D 4 5/16" TYP s (k)(l) ISO KITS REQ'D @ BOLTING C❑NNEITI0NS —f ROOF STRUCTURE (h)- SEE DWG (07) TYP 1 15/16" (g) TYP ` 2' 1 2" I Rl'-7' I DDETAILS 2" R1'-6 1/4" Oal� 5/8'0 HOLE 1" 5/8'0 HOLE 1 3/4' 7'—�I Q)DaETAILS (2) REQ'D Cg)(2)DETAILS REQ'D (m) (J) (f) TYP TYP A SECTION B SECTION BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs 1 21A 36'0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 1 a PL 1/4 X 6-0' X 9-5 7/8' ROLLx A36 1 10 PL 1/4 X 3'-2'0 A36 1 c PL 1/4 X 1 3/4' X 9'-10 5/8' ROLLxx A36 1 d PL 1/4 X 2' X 2' A36 1 e PL 1/4 X 2' X 2 3/4' A36 2 F PL 1/4 X 2' X 9' A36 2 g PL 1/4 X 1 1/2' X 6 3/4' A36 2 In PL 1/4 X 1 1/2' X 6 3/4' A36 1 j PL 1/4 X 2- X 8- A36 2 k BOLT 1/2'0 X 1 1/2' W/ NYLOCK NUT 2 1 WASHER 5/8'0 NYLN I rl RB 3/4'0 X 3-1 3/4' A36 2 n RB 3/4'0 X 2'-2 3/4' A36 4 o L 2' X 2' X 1/4' X 2' A36 1 21AA GASKET 1/16' X 3'-0'O xxx 1 21AB 1/2' PIN W/CABLE LANYARD STEEL )KROLL = ROLL TO A 1'-6" I/S RADIUS )KR❑LL = ROLL TO A 1'-6 3/4" I/S RADIUS )K,xx SEE SHT 1 FOR REQUIREMENTS (n) C S (10) YP. O=AL I REV. I BY I DATE I DESCRIPTION I �RACTIONS: f 1/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06' .XX 3.03 .XXX ±.010" IT® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PsF: 20 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING N0: 878-00-21 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115'-O" AWWA 'ITLE: ROOF ACCESS HATCH SHEET #:21 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE .SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 3/16 3'-11 1/2"— (m) (u) 3/16 O (g) TACK (n) l (JJI TACK 1 (P (q) 1 (TYP) -/ 1/4 1/4 1'-3 3/4" 1/2" 1/4 2'- 0„ 1/4 INSIDE DIAMETER 2'-0 5/8" CUT-OUT A SECTION (8) 05/8" HOLES nNi A 2'-5 5/8 R1'-2 13, 02'- 8„ 02'-0 E (b) (r) (C) (a) (e) (v) (5) HOL A 2'- BOLT (THRC (b) A (k) 5 1 /16" (6 - (t) TYP d) ROOF PLATE 2 3/16" 4" 1 „ R1 1/2" 2" T o1 1/2" "� 4 1/4 s DETAILS (2) REQ'D 22AB DETAILS DETAILS t DETAILS (6) REQ'D R1'-11 3/4" CUT RAID 1 1/4" CHORD LENGTH b DETAILS FLAT PATTERN IZ 18 0' (��)2'_O"O ROOF VENT HDPE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 02'-10 1/4" 02'-0 1/2" CUT-OUT 02'-2 3/4" o3'-0 3/4" BILL (DF MAT'E R IALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs 1 22A 2'-0"0 ROOF VENT 1 a PL 3/16 X 1'-6" X 11'-9 15/16" ROLL ALUM 158 1 b PL 3/16 X 3'-11 1/2"0 TEMP ALUM 85 1 c PL 1/4 X 1'-7 1/2" X 9'-7 7/16" 'EMP/ROLL' A36 150 1 d PL 1/4 X 0'-8 1/4" X 6'-4 3/16" ROLL" A36 46 1 e PL 1/4 X X-0 3/4" O.D. X 2'-0 1/2" I.D. TEMP A36 40 1 f PL 3/16 X S-0 1/8" O.D. X 2'-8 1/4" I.D. A36 23 8 9 L2 X 2 X 3/16 X 0'-2" W/ HOLEJ A36 23 1 In HDPE 1/4 X 2'-11 1/2" O.D. X 2'-0- I.D. HDPE 9 1 j HDPE 1/4 X 2'-11 1/2"0 HDPE 14 10 k BOLT 3/8" X 1" (W/N&W) SS 1 5 m BOLT 3/8" X 2" (W/N&W) SS 1 2 n 1 1/2" EXPANDED METAL 4'-7' X 0'-7 1/2" CS 1 1 p INSECT SCREEN 18 X 14 X .009 X 10'-0' X 0'-9 1/2' SS 1 2 q 1" BANDING; SHOP CUT TO FIT BREZ• SS 3 1 r 1" X 1/4" X 9'-3 1/2" WEATHER STRIPING NEO 1 2 S PL 1/4 X 2'-8"0 X 2'-0 5/8" I.D TEMP A36 t 6 t I PL 1/4 X 0'-4" X 0'-4" TEMP A36 1 i u I PL 1/2 X 0'-3" X TEMP TEMP ALUM 5 w FB 3/16 X 2 X 0'-2" W/HOLE A36 1 22AA 2'-0"0 ROOF VENT BASE 1 S PL 1/4 X 2'-8"0 X 2'-0 5/8" LD TEMP A36 1 1 v PL 1/4 X 0'-7 3/4" X 6'-4 3/16" ROLL" A36 46 1 22AB GASKET 1/8 X 2'-8"0 X 2'-0 5/8" ID R.R. 8 22AC BOLT 1/2"0 X 6-1 1/2" SS ROLL TO A V-11 9/16" INSIDE RADIUS ROLL* TO A 1'-6 1/4" INSIDE RADIUS ROLL" TO A 1'-O" INSIDE RADIUS BREZ* BREEZE MAKE A CLAMP MATCH HOLES IN ANGLES (f) & (g) 9'-7 7/16" �7/16" 1 1 /8" (TYP) rl,_Jl 1 /16" 3 9 /2 /16" (10) HOLES 4 (TYP) (TYP) 'D 0 10 2" 2'-0 7/8" 0' 270' 180' 180' TYP 90• �ET 1'-7 1/2" N FROM 0/S IN FLATPATTERN 1 TB "07/08 REV'D ALL BOLTS TO SS REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS; t 1/8" DEGREES: f2' DECIMAL: .X i.06" ,XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW. TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 15 DRAWN BY: KJM I APPROVED BY: CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"PJ X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: 2'-0" 0 ROOF VENT SHEET #: 22 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 2'-0° --- E.L. 569.30' -,- 2'-8 3/8' J I a 2'-6 5/8° of 30AM 30AL M r 30AC 30AD 30AB TYP TANK F❑UNDATION MAT F❑UNDATION O CD 30AA o I— Q I .� O O Li I U II Q TYP (5) a- O c:)30AA PLCS I CD B x O E.L. 457.501' 1' BY OTHERS 30A)12' OVERF 9' x 2 4' SLOTTED C SECTI❑N E.L. 456,00' BY OTHER! T) II V011JL JI ILLL A SECTION nI I r c r� —. I — . I B SECTION 30AN AIR GAP DETAILS TYP YP. /8° HOT DIP GALV AIR GAP PIPING <30AN> AFTER FA 0 A 40'-0 1/4' INSIDE RADIUS TO A 6 7/16' INSIDE RADIUS BILL OF MATERIALS tOF CS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERI 12'0 OVERFLOW 12"1 OVERFLOW ASSEMBLY .0 n 12'0 RING FLANGE CLASS '0' A36 i b PIPE 12'0 STD VT X 19'-ll' A539 12.0 OVERFLOW ASSEMBLY a 12'0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D' A36 c ELL 00 STD SR 90' A234 d PIPE 12'0 STD WT X 5'-6' A538 e PIPE 12'0 STD VT X 2'-6 5/8' A53B 12.0 UPPER OVERFLOW ASSEMBLY c ELL 12'0 STD SR 90' A234 f PIPE 12'0 STD VT X T-9 1/8' A53B g PL 3/8 X t'-I 114' X 2'-6 7/16' EMP/ROL A36 12'0 OVERFLOW REPAD h PL 3/8 X 1'-I' 10 X 2'-3' 00 ROLL- A36 BOLT KIT FOR 00 RING FLANGE PLATED A307 GASKET 1/8' FUR 12'0 RING FLANGE V/ICLES R.R. OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT 0 j L 2' X 2- X 1/4' X 2'-6 1/8' M2E A36 0 k L 2' X 2' X 1/4' X 4' A36 OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT 0 j L 2- X 2' X 1/4- X 2'-6 1/0' M2E A36 0 k L 2' X 2' X I/4• X 4' A36 OVERFLOW PIPE FLATBAR SUPPORT I n PL 1/4' X 4' X 1'-8' ROLL— A36 2 n PL 1/4' X 4' X 4' A36 BOLT 3/8'0 X I I/2• /ISO Kil SS OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT k L 2' X 2' X I/4' X 4' A36 p L 2' X 2' X 1/4• X 2'-D 13116' M2E A36 OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT k L2'X2'X1/4'X4' A36 p L 2' X 2' X 1/4' X 2'-0 13/16' M2E A36 AIR GAP PIPING q I6'0 RING FLANGE CLASS '0' A36 PIPE 16'0 STD VT X T-5- A53B I 5 L 112' X 112' X 1/8' X 2'-0' A36 t PL 1/4' X 5/9' X 4' A36 u FB I/4' X 1/2' X 3 3/4' POLL— A36 AIR GAP PIPING v 12 d RING FLANGE CLASS '0' A36 ■ ELL I2'0 STO LR 90' A234 x PL 3/4' X 1'-0 7/8' ID X V-ll 1/2' OB A36 y PIPE 12'0 STD WT X V-6 1/4' A53B 1/8' PUNCHED SCREEN SS BOLT KIT FUR 16'0 RING FLANGE PLATED A307 GASKET I/W FOR 16.0 RING FLANGE IVAIGLES RR 1 I TB 11/07/OS REV'D PC <30AK> TO SS !REV.�BY �OATE (DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' OECIMAL: .X t.06- .XX 3.03 .XXX 3.010" T A CERTIFIED If 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 is PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR W W W.T BAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 60 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-30 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115-0" AWWA rITLE: 12"0 OVERFLOW SHEET #:30 L 3'-6" 1'-00 — 2'-( 9" x 24" SLOTTED HOLE TYP (4) PLCS (q 30AN AIR GAP PIPING 6" 1/2" - 5" TYP -(s) TYP -(q) (r 3/8 3/8 V 5 1/2° (x) (w) 3/8 (y) 3/8 45,0° (v) 5 1/4" 1'-6 1/4" 30AP AIR GAP PIPING 5'-3 1/8" 6" 4'-9 1/8" V 3/8 3/8 ��nnr/r❑VERFLOW UPPER ASSEMBLY Jam/ 6'-6 1/2" E40-v���� 20'-0° /—(Q) 3/8 3/8 TYP, ❑VERFL❑W ASSEMBLY 30AA -- 2'-6 1/8" 16,9° (k) r 1 5/8° I L1/4 15,0* �nnr_ ❑VERFL❑W PIPE SUPPORT w 1/4 15,0° (j) Ll / I - 16,90 (k) 1 5/8° 2'-6 1/8" 3oAH ❑VERFL❑W PIPE SUPP❑RT 1 1/2" -I r 2 1/4° 7/16"0 { HOLE 4" - 2° 2" 7 / 16'0 —�- HOLE n DETAILS R1'-5" R6 7/16" 1'-1 1/4° 6 3/8" (r1) R8 1/2° 1/4 (n) (n) --I 1'-3 1/4" 1'-8 7/8° --' 2'-6 7/16"� ❑VERFL❑W PIPE FLATBAR SUPP❑RT DMLALLS REV. BY JDATE I DESCRIPTION FRACTONS: 3 1 8- DEGREES: f2' DECIMAL .X t.06- .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED ® d (Q) 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0662—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PsF: 30 DRAWN BY: K.lM APPROVED BY: DATE 10/17/07 CHECKED BY_ DRAMNG NO: 878-00-31 CUSTOMER, CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"OX116-0" AWWA TITLE: 12" 0 OVERFLOW DETAILS CHFFT 11: 31 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3, SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING INSIDE TANK SHELL 12'0 MIXING SYSTEM SEE SHEET <36> STUB UP V-6' TRIM TO 1'-0' AFTER TESTING 3/8 3/8 1/4 I/ TANK c BOTTOM 1'-2 3/4' HOLE IN BOTTOM 32A 32AB) �32AC G'-2 5/16" •e d INSIDE TANK SHELL ANNULAR PLATE Y E.L.-458.00' A VIEW 2' N❑N-SHRINK — 1'-0° GR❑UT E.L.-457.00' TOP OF TANK BOTTOM, TANK F❑UNDATI❑N SEE DWG (18) FOR DETAILS a O 1'—Os PIPING BY OTHERS 1' -0' TANK F❑UNDATI❑N 123° f PIPING BY OTHERS BILL C )F MATERIALS #TOSHIP SHI SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 32A 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND I a PIPE 12'0 X STD WT X 4'-3 5/8' A304 1 b ELL 12' STD LR 90• A304 1 c PIPE 12'0 X STD WT X 4'-7 13/16' A304 1 d PL 1/2 X V-11 1/2' OD X 1'-0 7/9' ID A304 1 e RING FLANGE 12'0 CLASS 'D' A304 1 32AB RING FLANGE 12'0 CLASS 'D' A304 1 32AC PL 1/4 X 2'-3'0 X 1'-O 7/8' ID A36 1 32AD BOLT KIT FOR 12'0 RING FLANGE PLATED A307 1 32AE GASKET 1/8' FOR 12.0 RING FLANGE W/HOLES R.R. MAT F❑UNDATI❑N SEE DWG (18) FOR DETAILS . I• •d 4 --���2'b INLET UNDERGROUND co Ln m I 3'-8 1/16' --� 2'-6 1/4' -- 6'-2 5/16' ADDED VIEW 'A' REV. I BY I DATE I DESCRIPTION I TRACTIONS t 1/8' DEGREES. t2' DECIMAL' .X 3.D6' .XX 3.03 .XXX f.010' ®;AZ CERTIFIED t)W 7 L 3me 12441 BARTH❑LOMEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH, 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: KJIVI APPROVED BY: DATE 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: I DRAMNG NO: 878-00-32 CUSTOMER CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 8O'-0"0 X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: 12"0 INLET UNDERGROUND CHFFT #:32 NOTES: UNLESS 1. WELD OF THII 2. SEE SI 3. SEE SI 4. HOLES CENTEF STU' TRI AFTE ���16"� ❑UTLET UNDERGR❑UND ,fan -- . IV/ 1/!V/ IldiCGRW 0T; I — —• v: of 0-uu-JJ CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0" 0 X 115'-0" AWWA -ITLE: 16" 0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND SHEET #: 33 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3, SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 11 STI TRIM 1 AFTER -,,,,, 12" DRAIN UNDERGROUND J -rn T F❑UNDATI❑ DWG (18) F TAILS BILL QF MATERIALS ri SHIPIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U-S. Lbs 1 34A 12' DRAIN UNDERGROUND 1 a PIPE 12'0 X STD WT X 7'-3 1/2' A304 1 10 ELL 12' STD LR 90' A304 1 c PIPE 12'0 X STD WT X 1'-4 3/8' A304 1 d PL 1/2 X V -It 1/2' OD X 1'-0 7/8' ID A304 1 e RING FLANGE 12'0 CLASS 'D' A304 1 34AB BOLT KIT FOR 12'0 RING FLANGE PLATED A307 1 34AC GASKET 1/8' FOR 12'0 RING FLANGE W/HOLES R.R. 1 34AD PL I/2 X F-11 1/2' OD X 1'-0 7/8' [D A36 CC) 1/4 co c i (cd) CD <CL(e) f Ou 1 q3/ Cb> 6'-3 3/4' — 8'-9 1/2" 34A DETAILS 'DR REV, IBY I DATE I DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TOL RAN 5. N ,5 OTH RYAS NO D FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: f2' DEGEIAL: .X }.06' .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010' CERTIFIED ® ® Dww 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ok ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PsF: 30 1 DRAWN BY: KJM 1APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRA'MNG NO: 878-00-34 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115-0" AWWA ITLE: 12" DRAIN UNDERGROUND SHEET #:34 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 1 1/2' TANK BOTTOM INSIDE TANK SHELL 35A 5'-0"� SUMP ANNULAR PLATE 2" N❑N-SHRINK GROUT E.L.-457.00' TOP OF TANK BOTTOM. TANK FOUNDATION SEE DWG (18) FOR DETAILS PIPING BY OTHERS BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATER 1 35A 5'-0'0 SUMP 1 n PL 5/16' X 4'-11 3/8' 0D X 4'-7 3/8' ID A36 1 b PL 5/16' X 1'-11 11/16' X 15'-7 3/8' ROLL• A36 1 c I PL 5/16' X 5'-0 5/8' OD X 1'-3 3/4' ID A36 1 d j PL 5/16' X 5'-6- OD X 5'-3' ID A36 1 35AB I GRATE 1 1/2' X 4'-10 3/8' OD IN MAT FOUNDATI❑N SEE DWG (18) FOR DETAILS ROLL)K TO A 2'-5 11/16' INSIDE RADIUS XK)K DURADECK I-6000 OR EQUAL 3' 5'-0' O.D. 4'-11 3/8' I.D. 5/16' TYP Fl 1/4" Cd) CQ) 5/16 0 Cb) 5/16 1 5/16' 5/16' Cc) TYP � 1 -3 3/4' HOLE IN BOTTOM WEIGHT U.S. Lbs IREV. IBY (DATE I DESCRIPTION I DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X f.06" AX t.03 .XXX t.010" 71wuuw CERTIFIED 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-35 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115'-O" AWWA -ITLE:5'-0"0 SUMP SHEET #:35 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET ##1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET ##1 FOR COATING T-- C0 r� TYP �1 177 0 4 V A4 V IEL 530.56' CD CD 0i I PJP B SECTION (h) SECTION 9 11/16' TYP R6 7/16' r— 6 3/8' 1/4 V (J) (J) 7/16'0 } HOLE �-1 2' (2) PLCS — 1'-8 7/8' �nA ,INLET PIPE CLAMP 3' - 7' 1/4 15.0' 7/16'0 (k) HOLE BILL QF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 36A 12'0 INLET 2 36AA 12'0 INLET 20-0' ASSEMBLY 2 a PIPE 12'0 STD X 19'-ll' A53B 4 b 12'0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D' A36 1 36AB 12'0 INLET ASSEMBLY 1 a PIPE 12'0 STD X 19'-11' A53B 3 b 12.0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D' A36 I c PIPE 12'0 STD X l'-2 7/8' CIE A53B 2 36AC 12'0 INLET ASSEMBLY 1 a PIPE 12'0 STD X 19'-ll' A53B 2 b 12'0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D' A36 2 d PIPE 8'0 STD X 0'-9 3/16' CIE A53B 2 e 8'0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D A36 1 36AD 12'0 INLET UPPER ASSEMBLY 2 b 12'0 RING FLANGE CLASS 'D' A36 1 F PIPE 12'0 STD X 7'-6 1/2' A53B 1 g ELL 12'0 STD LR 45' A234 6 36AE BOLT KIT FOR 12'0 RING FLANGE PLATED A307 6 36AF GASKET 1/8' FOR 12'0 RING FLANGE V/HOLES R.R. 9 36AG OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT 9 In L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 3'-7' M2E A36 9 j L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 0-4- (W/HOLE) A36 9 36AH OVERFLOW PIPE SUPPORT 9 k L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 3'-7' M2E A36 9 n L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 0'-4' (W/HOLE) A36 18 36AJ OVERFLOW PIPE CLAMP ]8 n PL 1/4' X 4' X 1'-8' ROLL=* A36 36 P PL 1/4' X 4' X 4' A36 18 36AK BOLT 3/8'0 X 1 1/2' /ISO KIA SS xx W/ BOLTS AND STAINLESS BACKUP RING 12.7' (m) 3'-7' 1 5/8' � •) 2 1/2' J INLET LOWER ASSEMBLY (9) REO'D 1/a 1 5/8' (h) 12,7° 11 I� 7/16-0 HOLE 8��,GINLET L❑WER ASSEMBLY (9) REO'D I TB 1i07/OB REV D PC <36AK> TO SS REV. B DATE DESCRIPTION -RACTIONS. t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED mice 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 70 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 I CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-36 CUSTOMER; CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115'-O" AWWA FITLE: 12"0 INLET SHEET #:36 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 1 1/4" J EXTERIOR LADDER ELEVATION _ATFORM 6" -� It.I CI f1C CI If'I I 40A EXTERIOR LADDER BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lb, 1 40A LOWER EXTERIOR LADDER 20 o RB 3/4"0 X 1'-4 1/4" A36 25 2 b F8 3/8 X 2 1/2 X 19'-2 1/2' W/HOLES A36 75 4 c FIB 3/8 X 2 1/2 X 0'-7" A36 19 2 d L3 X 3 X 1/4 X 0'-2" W/HOLE A36 2 1 e PL 3/8 X 0'-7- X 12'-0" A36 19 1 1 /2" 3" 1/2" 0 2" �03/8„ HOLE DLSDETAI (2) REQ'D (a) t DETAIL T TB *IT7i08 ADDED PC (e) EV. B RY DATE DESCRIPTION \v) YP. FRACTIONS: t 1/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX f.03 -XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED d 7e mww OM PLATE 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-40 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: EXTERIOR LADDER SHEET #: 40 L_ NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. ATTACH ITEM (d) TO LADDER GUARD. INSIDE I BOTTOM PLATE 1 '— 3' BILL OF MATERIALS # TO SHIP SHIP MARK # OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 41A LADDER GUARD CID UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS IS PROHIBITED, VIOLATORS WILL BE PROSECUTED 1 o PL 3/16 X 2'-4 3/8" X 12'-0" FORM A36 217 1 b HASP FOR LOCK PLATED CS 1 6 c HEAVY DUTY HINGE 4" X 4" PLATED CS 8 11 1 d PL 1/8" X 6- X r'-8" ALUM 1 Daa��S HEIGHT �— TEXT I�RIVIT IN PLACE AFTER COATING, PRE -DRILL HOLES PRIOR TO COATING. 0 I N JL I GUARD FLUSH W/BOTTOM OF LADDER SIAMER GUARD 6" - l'-4 3/8" 2'-4 3/8" G)alAILS (c) (6) PLCS EQ. SPACED 1 /8 V \\3—SIDES 6" INSIDE 0 , (a) � z EOA �I 1 FA o �- (b) 4'-0" FROM I BTM OF PC (a) N A SECTION SIDES 1 1 TB 1/07/08 REV'D LADDER GUARD SIZE, AND PC (c) REV. I BY DATE DESCRIPTION TRACTIONS: t 1/8" DECREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X f.06' .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW. TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 20 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-41 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: LADDER GUARD SHEET #: 41 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 2'-6 3/8" 03/8" co H OLE TYP 2, 1 /2" 1 „ 4 5/16" OaEiLLS " 8 13/16 y 4" J— 1 1 7/8" J h DETAILS (2) REO'D 3'-10" - INSIDE SHELL CENTERLINE OF LADDER 4'-6" TYP. 4 51 T.I. .1.YY.141�1�- I • '.I:.j: .j:.j'1. .1 I .'.1:.1.'.I�I �--- 5" TYP. 1/4 2'-3 11/16" -- 2'-11 11/16" 1 I 0 (p) TYP o I N C � I SPIRAL STAIRS C=f m) 1/4' SEE SHT <44> ---/// C GAP TOP OF PLATFORM FRAME (b) (a) (d) 42A LADDER PLATFORM 40A r I (q) 8'— 4" 3/16 (r) (c) v1 /4 V \.. . PC (j) IS WELDED TO PC (g) A VIEW TYP. 4 (m) /4 TYP. BILL QF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERI 1 42A LADDER PLATFORM 1 c TS 3/16 X 10 X 2 X 8'- 4' M2E A36 1 b TS 3/16 X 10 X 2 X S-11 3/16" M2E A36 1 c TS 3/16 X 10 X 2 X 4'- 0" M2E A36 1 e CIO X 15.3# X 3'-0 1/8" C2E A36 2 d C10 X 15.3# X S-7 3/16" A36 2 f 4" X 4" BUTT HINGE A36 1 9 CHECKERED PLATE 1/4 X 2'-6" X 2'-10" A36 2 h IRS 1/4"0 X 0'-8" FORM A36 1 j PL 1/4 X 2 X 2'-6 3/8" TEMP A36 1 k CHECKERED PLATE 1/4 X 3'-11 1/2" X 4'-5 15/16" TEMP A36 4 m PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-6" M1E A530 1 n PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 8'-4" M2E A536 4 p PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-11 3/4" C2E A538 1 q PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 3'-4 7/16" CIE A53B 1 r FB 1/4 X 4 X 8'-2 1/8" A36 1 s PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-11 1/2" M2E A538 2 t PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-8 3/8" C2E A538 1 u FB 1/4 X 4 X S-8 7/16" A36 1 v PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 0'-8 13/16" M2E A538 2 w PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 0'-5 11/16" C2E A36 1 y FB 1/4 X 4 X 0'-8 7/16" A538 1 z CHECKERED PLATE 1/4 X 3'-9 15/16" X S-10 15/16 TEMP A36 WEIGHT U.S. Lbs IREV.IBY IDATE IDESCRIPTION I I FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .Xxx t.010" w CERTIFIED F-- Q co T7ulMW I EIj 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD 1? p ANACORTES WA 98221 it F_� PH, 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR 0 WWW.TBAILEY.COM 1— SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY. DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-42 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: LADDER PLATFORM SHEET : 42 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING B ON UNDERSIDE OF PC (g) 1 DETAIL 42 fll ITclinr C'IJrl I 3'-9 15/16" R40'-1 1 /4" -- 2'-4 3/4"V-5 3/16" 1 r— 1 7/8„ aaaa❑❑❑ 1 a a ❑ a ❑ ❑ ❑ 1 7/8„ ❑ ❑ ❑ 1 C ❑ ❑ ❑ 1 c ❑ :3 cl - ❑ ❑ ❑ a ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ a ❑ ❑ r o ❑ ❑ o ❑ ❑ ❑ I �2 1/2" ❑ o ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ o ❑ o ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ a ❑ in ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ o ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 6 5/8" OUTSIDE SHELL TYP 3/16 (Y) 1 /4" GAP TYP. 1/4 3'-11 3/16" C VIEW 42 8 13/16" 2'—p„ 0 -I (w) TYP I (a) /4 �--- 2 1 /2 6 3/16" TYP 3'-9 15/16" Omi&LS R 40' —1 1 /4" 1'-5 3/16" r 2 7/16"I M N I TYP �... 1-1.:�..� ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ q ] - ❑ a a❑ a a a a❑ ❑❑ a❑ a a a a❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ a ❑ a ❑ O ❑ I"7 ❑ a a a a a❑❑ Cl ❑ q q q a ❑ ❑ a a I a a a a❑ a❑❑ 6 3/16" 2 1 /2" TYP 2 1/2" 4'-0 3/4" 4'— 5 15/16' (Dmi&u NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 51A i 0 M I-- 2 3/8" 44AB DETAILS C154) REQ'D 11 17 J 0 SPIRAL INFO ROLL RADIUS = 59'-1' OUTSIDE HANDRAIL ;mm:i:immf� OF STAIR 4A 11 77 J 0 SPIRAL INFO ROLL RADIUS = 57'-6' INSIDE HANDRAIL EQ. SPACES @ 0'-7" = 56'-0' 53P CHECKERED PL NOSING: Ll 1/4 X 1 1/4 X 1/8" 1 -0" �-- 3'-0" - - 44AA DETAILS (172) REQ'D BAND TYP. BOTH ENDS W / F-B 3/16 X 1 1/4" -N❑ HOLES BILL OF MATERIALS #Ta SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs I 44A SPIRAL STAIR 172 44AA STAIR TREAD 3/16 X 1 1/2' X 12' X 3'-0' W/TABS CS 154 44AB SR 5/8' X 3'-7 1/8' FORM A36 11 44AC PIPE 1 1/2'0 STD X 20'-0' R LL/SPIR L A53B 11 44BA PIPE l 1/2'0 STD X 20'-0' R LL/SPIR L A53B 4 44BB ELBOW 1 1/2'0 LR STD A53B 25 44BC PIPE 1 1/2'0 STD X 0'-2 3/8' CIE A53B 18 44BD PIPE 1 1/4'0 STD X 2'-9 1/2' CIE A53B 18 n PL 3/16 X 0-I1/16'0 TEMP A36 L REQ'DL❑CATEER SIDEAC> AT 44ICE 44AC 5/16" L COPE 44AD 44AB C76) EQ. SPACES @ 0'-7" f = 44'-4" 44A C154) REQ'D 3/16 TYP. 42A (172) REQ'D (44A 1 1/8" 44AA (76) EQ. SPACES @ 0'-11" 69'-8" 44BC TYP 44BA44B SPACED EVERY 6'-0" I I II I I I I A C 4 4 A B — I I -j- — ___I 230.51° START OF STAIR SPIRAL STAIR PLAN 53A I �44A II &DETAI LS18) REQ'D SIMILAR TO NOTCH 01 11/16" DETAIL ON <44AD> — — 1 1/8" 44AD tA N= _ 1 } 1/16" J N❑TCH 44A (a) SEE DETAIL (a) 9DJETAILS ) REQ'D ° END � OF STAIR OF STAIR 122,78° START OF STAIR 3'-2 1/2' TYP. 3/16 44BA 44BB TYP 44BC 44AA TYP. 1/4 A SECTI❑N INSIDE TANK SHELL IREV. IBY IDATE IDESCRIPTION I FRACTIONS: t 1/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .x t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED Tm.�ff� mw,o 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 4 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRANN BY: KM 1APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/27/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-44 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"O X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: SPIRAL STAIR SHEET #:44 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 0° TANK SHELL 17'-0" IREV. IBY IDATE IOESCRIPnON I DEGREES: t2' DEOMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" B AH CERTIFIED TM 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 0 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: ]Q 1 DRAWN BY: KJMI APPROVED BY. DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAMANG NO. 878-00-45 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR L ITLE: ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW SHEET #:45 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQU OF THINNER MEMBER JO 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GEN 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COF 47A (J) Cc> p Ca) 46AE Cb) 00) (a)� 1/4 TYP. 1/4 46A R❑❑F PLATFpRM 4'-2" 4'-2" TYP I/4 (CI) (g) TYP Ce) no .fl cl) (h) \ I I -- (f) TYP. 9'-9 9/16" (2)VIEW 1'-11 9/16, 1/4" FA a1 �- 4'-0 1/4' C VIEW 12 5° A' � 7.3/4' B TANK ROOF g 46AB DETAILS (2) REQ'D BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs I 46A UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 2 a C6 X 8.2 X 9-9 3/16' M2E A36 2 b C6 X 8.2 X 3-11 7/8' M2E A36 YP. 1 c C6 X 8.2 X 3-11 7/8' C2E A36 2 d PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 8'-4' M2E A53B 4 e PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-1 1/2' M1E A53B 2 F PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 3'-11 3/4' CIE A53B 8 g PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 3-11 3/4' C2E A53B 2 h FB 1/4 X 4 X 8'-2 1/8' A36 1 j GRATE 1 1/2' X 3/16' X 4-0' X 9-9 9/16" 19-W-4 CS 2 46AB 1-2 X 2 X 1/4 X 0'-8' A36 2 46AC L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 2'-8 1/8' A36 4 46AD PL 1/4 X 4' X 4' A36 1 46AE L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 4'-4 1/4' A36 1 46AF L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 4'-7 3/4' A36 1 46AG I JL2 X 2 X 1/4 X 4'-5 5/8' 1 142E A36 ALL GRATING TO BE SHOP INSTALLED PRI❑R TO SHIPPING. 46AC 3'-11 7/8' 2" 3'-7 7/8" 2" 5" 3/4" TYP � DETAILS —I45.0° B VIEW 2 TB 1/22/08 LENGTHENED PLATFORM 1 TB 1/07108 ADDED PC <46AE-46AG, — REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION or�nonn�c 18.0° B 5/8" 2'-8 1/8" e DETAILS (2) REQ'D -RACTIONS: 3 1/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010" ;TT-qfi CERTIFIED zMe 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 lit PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY; DATE: 10il 7107 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-46 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O" O X 115'-O" AWWA FITLE: UPPER ROOF PLATFORM SHEET 4:46 L- NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 48A o d I � CD ,r L L_ a C7 \NI 8ROOF PLATFORM TYP 8 PLAN VIEW 111 1 TYP \D I r r1 ~ f 46A 7'-4" 3' - 8' (a) C) (a) (d) I (P) TYP (g) TYP 7' REF. Ca) r\ CHECKERED PL NOSING: L1 1/4 X 1 1/4 X 1/8' T a TYP (e) r-- � I 1/4 TYP. w ! 3/16 n —� < „ 3/4' In a TYP < Q 6 3/8' r TANK ROOF I---� . --� 1/4 TYP32.5° 47A ROOF PLATFORM ELEVATION BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERI 1 47A ROOF STAIRWAY 2 a MC10 X 6.5 X 9'-2 3/16' M2E A36 7 b STAIR TREAD 3/16 X 1 1/4' X 12' X 4'-D' M2E A36 1 1 C STAIR TREAD 3/16 X 1 1/4' X 11' X 4'-0' M2E A36 4 d PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-1 112' M1E A53B 2 f PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 3'-11' CIE A53B 2 e PIPE 1 112'0 X STD X 8'-8 5/16' M2E A53B 6 g PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-2' C2E A53B BAND TYP. BOTH ENDS W/ FB 3/16 X 1 1/4' NO HOLES CHECKERED PL NOSING: L1 1/4 X 1 1/4 X 1/8' 3/4' ([.) 9 1/4' (b) TYP ro 5 7/8' (8) SPACES AT 11' = 7'-4' A SECTI❑N (1) SHOWN (1) OPPOSITE WEIGHT U.S. L6s BAND TYP. BOTH ENDS W/ FB 3/16 X 1 1/4' NO HOLES I 1 I TB 11/22/08 1 REV'D WELD SYMBOL IREV. IBY JDATE I DESCRIPTION I FRACTIONS: t I/8' DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X 1.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED a.w. mwe 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 ICHECKED BY: DRAYNNG NO: 878-00-47 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA rITLE: ROOF STAIRWAY SHEET #: 47 L A B 50A „ �47A �\ �5 � 1 48C 48E 48F l�\ \ C 2'-4" \ 1/4" 21A TANK SHELL 48H TANK R❑❑FFD TYP 6" co 6 6" R❑❑F HANDRAILS nJ SEE DWG (56) cu I 48D / � B VIEW 48A 47A S- (2)/ 48C 48B 47A / TANK ROOF g'—ga—fill (2) 48H 48A ROOF PLATFORM 48B REQ'D PLAN VIEW 48J m 48K I in TYP 48L TYP. 1/4 1 1 TB 117/08 ADDED HORIZONTAL BRACING TO PLATFORM REV. IBY I DATE I DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TT! N TH RWt N FRACTIONS: t t/8" DEGREES: t2' OECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED A VIEW T 7. slaw 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 ok PH, 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R W W W.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 35 1 DRAWN BY: K,IM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 ICHECKED BY. DRAWING NO: 878-00-48 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115-0" AWWA ITLE: ROOF PLATFORM SHEET #:48 L F-3 9/16" Ch)-� 1'-2 1/8° TYP. ` 6 0" 76.4° (Q) C f) t CQ j) V744 TYP. � Ce) 90,0° - 3'-6 1/2" 90,0° 28.5° 0 F 1 5/16" t` U4��� 4 3'-10 5/8" EE DETAILS L2 X 2 X 1/4 X X-C' L2 X 2 X 1/4 X T-2 7/16' ALL GRATING TO BE SHOP INSTALLED PRI❑R TO SHIPPING. 10 5/16r I t 2'-5 3/4'I-- 8 9/16° 2.9 13.6° (d) 910.0° �- 7'-6" 7'-9 3/8° 8'-5 1/2° 13'-2 1/8° 48A ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW 12'-0 15/16' 6'-0 15/16" G'-0° 1/4 TYP. (g) TYP. 1/4 Crl) Cn) TYP (j) (j) (o) TYP A VIEW 1/4 7'-6" 2'-4 7/8" 5'-1 1/8" 48M 48N 48B ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW (k) 1'-0" TYP 7'-9 13/16° ~ 3'-10 7/8" ---[— 3'-10 7/8° (n)� (u) Cy> Cy) 1 0" TYP Cam) (ab) <�) 1/4° TYP D VIEW 1/4 TYP. — �D a� co RI'-7 7/16" I i �y o 1 9 1/4' -' 48D DETAILS 2 3/8° (B)VIEW I-- 3'-10 13/16" �I 48F DETAILS (ad) - 4'-8" - I TYP (m) TYP\ (ae)-� TYP (Qg) TYP C VIEW E VIEW _ (ac) TYP (aF) TYP 48C BILL OF MATERIALS tCP =CS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MA-R ROOF PLATFORM a C6 X 821 X I3'-2 I/8' M2E A36 b C6 X 82% X 5'-0' M2E A36 c CG x 8.21 X 4'-0' WE A36 d C6 X 8.21 X 12'-2 5/16' CIE HIE A36 e C6 X R24 X 3'-7 11/16' M2E A36 F C6 X 8.21 X 3'-11 5/8' C2E A36 g PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 13'-2 1/8' CIE HIE A36 h PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 5'-2 3/8' CIE HIE A36 1 j PIPE 1 1/2.0 X STD X 5'-10 3/4' C2E A36 ? k PIPE 1 112'0 X STO X 1'-0 112' CIE MIE A36 ? I PIPE 1 112.0 X STU X 5'-0 13/16' CIE MIE A36 n PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-1 1/4' MIE A36 0 F8 1/4 X 4 X IT-1 14' A535 p FB 1/4 X 4 X 5'-1 7/16' A53B ah L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 7'-11 3/8' M2E/C2E A36 aj L2 X 2 X 1/4 X W-9 5/8' M2E/C2E A36 ROOF PLATFORM n PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-1 1/4' MIE A36 C6 X 821 X 4'-8' MIE A36 r C6 X 821 X 7'-6' 42E A36 s C6 X 1121 X 4'-7 13/16' CIE HIE A36 t PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-8' CIE MIE A36 u PIPE 1 112'0 X STD X 7'-9 13/16' 42E A36 v PIPE 1 I/2'0 X STD X 4'-7 112' CIE MIE A36 PIPE 1 1/2.0 X ST8 X C-5 15/16' C2E A36 x PIPE 11/2ro X ST8 X 4'-6 7/16' C2E A36 I y PIPE 1 1/2'0 X ST8 X 3'-10 1/4' CIE MIE A36 z FB 1/4 X 4 X 4'-4 3/8' A531 as FB 1/4 X 4 X 4'-6 13/16' A531 ab FB 1/4 X 4 X 7'-5 1/2' A531 ROOF PLATFORM HANDRAIL n PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STO % 1'-1 1/1' MlE A36 oc PIPE 1 I/2'0 X STD X 0'-9 1/8' CIE MIE A36 ad PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD % 0'-5 5/16' CIE MIE A36 ae PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 0'-3 I1/16' CIE MIE A36 of PIPE 11/2'0 X STB X 0'-7 1/2' CIE MIE A36 og FB 1/4 X 4 X 1'-0 9/16' A538 GRATE 11/2' X 3116' X 2'-5 3/4' X 4-8 11/16' 19-W-4 A36 GRATE 1112' X 3/16' X 11 5/16' X T-10 5/9' 19-W-4 A36 GRATE I I/2' X 3/16' X T-10 13/16' X IT-2 1/8' 19-W-4 A36 GRATE 1 1/2' X 3/16' X 2'-5 3/4' x 4'-B 11/16' 19-W-4 A36 L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 1'-6' M2E A36 L2 X 2 X 114 X 4'-6' WE A36 1-2 X 2 X 1/4 X 8--0- M2E A36 PL 1/4 X 4' X 4- A36 A36 2 TB I 1/221i08 I REV'D WELD SYMBOL 1 TB 117/08 1 ADDED PCS (ah, ak), <48M, 48N> REV. 18Y I DATE I DESCRIPTION WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 'RACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL! .X t.06' .XX t.03 .XXX t.010' ® ® CERTIFIED Mff 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R W W W.T BAILEY,C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. I PSF; 35 DRAWN BY: KJM 1APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-49 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0" O X 115'-0" AWWA FITLE: ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS SHEET #:49 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING rY 0 .N, SOA ROOF PLATFORM TYP PLAN VIEW 8'-3° --I- 4'-1 1/2" 1/2' TYP r BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs 1 50A LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY �a) 2 a MC10 X 6.5 X 10'-3 1/4' M2E A36 8 b STAIR TREAD 3/16 X 1 1/4' X 12' X 4'-0' M2E A36 1 C STAIR TREAD 3/16 X 1 1/4' X 11' X 4'-0' M2E A36 4 d PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4'-1 1/2' MLE A53B 2 F PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 3-11' CIE A53B 2 e PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 9'-9 3/8' M2E A53B 8 9 PIPE 1 1/2'0 X STD X 4-7 13/16' C2E I A53B 'c) (a) ow (CI) I � f) TYP TYP 7° REP, Ca) E- — f —1 f� 1/4 - Ce) /4 Vy ' I� 50A ROOF PLATFORM ELEVATI❑N V)� LJ .I U -4 Q CL II TYP. CHECKERED PL N❑SING: L1 1/4 X 1 1/4 X 1/8' i TYP. CD t 4'-0° —1 Cjo)D ETAILS 8) REQ'D 3/4" (c) 1/4' �� �\ ✓- 5 7/8° 6 3/8" I (8) SPACES F AT 11° = 7'-4° A SECTI❑N (1) SHOWN (1) ❑PP❑SITE BAND TYP, BOTH ENDS W/ PB 3/16 X 1 1/4° BAND TYP. NO HOLES BOTH ENDS W/ CHECKERED PL PB 3/16 X 1 1/4" N❑SING: NO HOLES L1 1/4 X 1 1/4 X 1/8" 11 1 TB 1 V22/08 REV'D WELD SYMBOL IREV. IBY IOATE DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: t 1/8' DEGREES: f2' DECIMAL: .X t.06' AX t.03 .xxx i.010- 7 ® ® CERTIFIED muff e tk�w 12441 BARTH❑L❑MEW RD ANAC❑RTES WA 98221 PH, 360 293 0682—F4X 360 293 3893 FABRICAT❑R WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 25 - DRAYM BY: KJM I APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAN9NG NO: 878-00-50 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115'-O" AWWA ITLE: LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY SHFFT #; 50 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING T) 1- 4'-5 3/4" :S RIM ANGLE 51A UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 1'-0 7/8" s 0 3/16 TYP. o -� (h) (k) _ I N N \ 10 (h) 0 "I � TYP 3'-6 15/16" 1/4 -- 8 112 T.O.G. (m) 2" BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL 1 51 A UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 1 a C6 X 8.2# X 4'-5 5/8" M2E A36 1 b C6 X 8.2q X S-4 3/4" MIE A36 1 c C6 X 8.2y X 3'-4 3/4" MIE A36 1 d L2 X 2 X 1/4 X 5-0 5/I6" M2E A36 1 e PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 4'-3 3/4" MIE A538 2 f PIPE 1 112-0 X STD X 4'-2 5/8" C2E A538 1 g FB 1/4 X 4 X 4'-3 7/8" A36 3 h PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-10 1/2" C2E A538 1 j PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STO X 0'-11 5/16" M1E/C1E A538 2 k PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STO X 0'-9 11/16" C2E A53B i m FB 1/4 X 4 X 0'-9 3/4" A36 1 n GRATE 3/16 X 1 1/2 X 4'-6" X S-4 7/8" (19-W-4) A36 2 51AA FB 1/2 X 4 X 0'-5" A36 2 51AB PL 1/2 X 0'-11 1/8" X 0'-5 5/8" TEMP A36 2 51AC L3 1/2 X 3 1/2 X 1/4 X 5-8" (FIELD TRIM) M1E A36 2 51AD PL 1/4 X 0'-6"0 (OR SOUARE) A36 1 51AE HANDRAIL 1 1 p PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-6" MIE A538 1 q PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 3'-7 1/2" MIE A538 1 r PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 0'-9 1/2- M2E A536 2 s PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 0'-6 15/16" C2E A538 1 t F8 1/4 X 4 X 0'-7 5/8" A36 ALL GRATING TO BE SHOP INSTALLED PRIOR TO SHIPPING ROOF PLATE WEIGHT U.S. Lbs ROOF RAFTER TYP 1 /4 1 TB 1/2Z/08 CHANGED PLATFORM TO A WELDED CONNECTION 45.0' REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION J REVISIONS TYP 51 AA 1 TYP. TOLERANCES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: O 1�4 FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' OEOMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" m O TYP 1/4 51AB ® CERTIFIED jj�l A21 IT lEw El �I-J Vi 51 AC mwe 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM rYP 1/4 INSIDE SHELL / SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: Z5 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED 6Y: DRAW9NG NO: 878-00-51 B VIEW CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115-0" AWWA TITLE: UPPER STAIR PLATFORM SHEET : 51 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 5 5/8 00 17 --� 5 1 /2" 3- 51 AB DETAILS (2) REQ'D ROOF PLATI RO( RAFTS 1 5'-0 5/16" 2 5/8' 740 3 5/16" d DETAILS (r) 9 1 /2" 0 I I TYP. O 3/16 I cv N \ �p I (S) � I (P) (5) (q) (t) 51AE HANDRAIL 4'-6" G)aTAILS NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 1'—ll 7/16" 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 6'-7 % / 8" 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 3'-3 15/16" (I) 3/16 (k) TY 00 r 0 W, (0) f 1/4" GAP (m} (k) (k) TYP 3/16 5� 3AA B VIEW TYP TYP - D VIEW SIMILAR C 3'-11 3/4" /1 S-QETAILS f 1 1 Ln U-) 0)I I � I (0 ) + [-.- 2'- 2" --I f g DETAILS (1) AS SHOWN 1 OPP HAND � TYP. 3/16 (r) (0) - (9) 4'- 0 INSIDE SHELL-\ 1 3/16" l'-0 7/8" 15 /16" 2'-1 7/8"�--- h DETAILS BILL OF MATERIALS 4TOSHIP SHIP SHI MARK # OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 53A MID LANDING PLATFORM 1 0 C6 X 8.2# X S-11 7/8' M1E A36 98 1 b C6 X 8.2# X S-11 7/8" M1E A36 96 1 c IC6 X 8.2,¢ X 6'-5 3/4" M2E A36 71 2 d C6 X 8.2# X S-10 7/16" A36 71 1 e C6 X 8.2# X 2'-0" A36 43 1 f L2 X 2 X 1/4" X 7'-4 7/16" TRIM A36 15 2 9 GRATE 3/16 X 1 1/2" X 3'-ll 5/8" X 2'-2" (19-W- ) TEMP CS 78 1 h GRATE 3/16 X 1 1/2" X 2'-1 7/8" X 2'-9 5/8" (19-W-4) CS 27 4 j PL 1/4 X C-3" X 0'-8" A36 51 4 k PIPE 1 1/2"m X STD X 3'-1 11/16" MlE/CIE A538 33 1 I PIPE 1 1/2.0 X STD X S-1 11/16" MlE/C1E A536 33 1 m PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 4'-1 1/4" A538 30 1 n FB 1/4 X 4 X 6'-6" M2E A36 50 2 0 PIPE 1 1/2"o X STD X 4'-1 1/4" A530 30 2 p FB 1/4 X 4 X 1-0 13/16" M1E A36 21 4 r PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 1'-1 1/8" MlE/C1E A538 2 s PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 1'-2 11/16" MIE/ClE A538 2 53AA PL 1/4 X 0'-8" X 0'-8" A36 199 2 53AB L3 1/2 X 3 1/2 X 1/4- X 5--1 9/16" TRIM A36 42 ALL GRATING TO BE SHOP INSTALLED PRIOR TO SHIPPING. EL. 515.42' 45.0' �— TYP. I 3/16 m TYP In � 1 /4 TYP. I 1 /4 DO 3AA 53AB L� TYP. 1/4 A VIEW C VIEW SIMILAR 2" ���------ r 3/4" �I TYP COPE DETAIL IREV. IBY IDATE I DESCRIPTION I -RACTIONS: f 1/8" DEGREES: t2" DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX i.010" ® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW. TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF; 30 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-53 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"O X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: MID LANDING PLATFORM SHEET #: 53 L_ NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING TY — 8'-5 13/16" D VIEW SIMILAR LADDER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 54A INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 2 0 C6 X 8.2# X 7'-7 3/4' M2E A36 125 1 b C6 X 8.2# X 8'-2" M2E A36 66 2 c C6 X 8.2q X 7'-5 3/4" A36 122 1 d C6 X 8.2# X 8'-1 5/8" A36 66 1 e PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 8'-5 13/16" M2E A538 43 2 f PIPE 1 1/2.0 X STD X 7'-8" M2E A538 33 2 9 PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 4'-1 1/4' A530 30 3 h PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-11 11/16" A538 30 4 j PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 4'-2 1/4' A538 30 4 k PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 1'-6 7/16" A538 30 4 I PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 5'-10 3/4" A538 30 1 m F8 1/4 X 4 X 8'-1 1/2' A36 28 2 n F8 1/4 X 4 X 7'-5 1/8" A36 50 2 0 PL 1/4 X 0'-3" X 0'-8' A36 4 3 p I GRATE 3/16 X 1 1/2' X 2'-8 7/16" X 7'-6 1/8" (19-W-4) SS 2 54AAI I PL 1/4 X 0'-6" X 0'-6' A36 799 2 54A8 I I L 3 1/2 X 3 1/2 X 1/4' X 10'-0" A36 42 ALL GRATING TO BE SHOP INSTALLED PRIOR TO SHIPPING. 7'-8" (f) 1'-7 1/16" --I TYP TYP 3�16 TYP. 3/16 _ 2" (9) (�) (k) :\ (n) (h) TYP 1/4 EL. 564.38' GAP TYP TYP COPE DETAIL 4 1/4" 9 3/8" CD C6 �• O TYP. 1 /4 TYP. 1/4 d ~ 0 1 TB 1/07/08 REV'D GRATING TO SS 0 REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION 54AB REVISIONS 70L RAN N SS OTHERWISE NO D: INSIDE FRACTIONS: f 1/e" DEGREES: f2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX f.03 .XXX f.010' SHELL ® ® CERTIFIED A VIEW LADDER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 C VIEW PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR SIMILAR WWW.TBAILEY.COM TYP. SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: TB APPROVED BY: 1 /4 DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-54 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"O X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM SHEET : 54 L f NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 21A (d) I V1 I I TYP C° II TYP. � 3/8 ROOF 0 PLATE oo J 0 I 1'-1 13/16" N O TYP v (c) TYP 1'-0" (T.0.G) 54A I/S SHELL 55A UPPER INTERIOR LADDER cn O w I u Q N c II cr O w I N (a) TYP 1 /4" J UPPER INTERIOR LADDER BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 1 55A INTERIOR LADDER 13 o RB 3/4"0 X 1'-4 1/4" A36 26 2 b FB 3/8 X 2 1/2" X 12'-2 1/2" W/HOLES A36 75 4 c PL 3/8 X 2 1/2 X 1'-1 13/16" A36 19 4 1 d I PL 3/8 X 2 1/2 X 0'-7" 1 A36 19 ni ITCIf1C' (c) 1'-1 7/8" A SECTION �v) 1 DETAIL rP. I IREV. IBY IDATE IDESCRIPTION I ® M CERTIFIED 9 A) 3m.' 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 35 1 DRAWN BY. CS APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY, DRAWING NO: 878-00-55 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-D"OX115'-O" AWWA TITLE: INTERIOR LADDER SHEET #: 55 in NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 40'-2" 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER ,JOINED. TO CENTER 2. SEE SHEET y1 FOR GENERAL NOTES HOT DIP GALV. OF TANK 3. SEE SHEET ##1 FOR COATING AFTER FAB TYP. 3/16 SPIRAL STAIRS 0. _ c� TYP z 1 o J 1/4 ROOF PLATE 0Of 4'-0" OPENING �I 2" 1/4" GAP (TYP) GAP 57C 2 -4 OPENING (REF) RIM ANGLE ROOF PLATFORM & WALKWAY INSIDE SHELL OUTER ROOF 57B HANDRAIL (12) REQ'D e DETAIL 57 4'-0" OPENING 16.2°-- (REF) 16'-11 1 /16" TO CENTER - 270' �6 90' o OF TANK �NS/'D � 176, `D o z /73/16 TYP. MID ROOF 57A o 0� TYP. HANDRAIL 1/4 (6) REQ'D 1 /4" ROOF GAP PLATE 7/16" 1 TB 1/22J08 REV'D ROOF PLATFORM O3? MITER REV. BY DATE OESCRIPTION REVISIONS A DETAIL TOLERANCES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: cJ7 FRACTIONS: f 1/8' DEGREES: 32' DECIMAL: .% t.06" .XX t.OS .XXX t.010' ommmmzmmmmx V�T® ® CERTIFIED le 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 is PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 35 DRAWN BY: KJM 1APPROVED BY: 180' DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-56 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR ROOF PLAN VIEW 80'-O"OX115'-O" AWWA TITLE: ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS SHEET : 56 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 1'-3 7/16" _ TYP ROLL = ROLL TO A 16'-11 1 /16" I/S RADIUS ROLL* = ROLL TO A 16'-10 13/16" I/S RADIUS ROLL** = ROLL TO A 39'-11" I/S RADIUS ROLL*** = ROLL TO A 39'-10 3/4" I/S RADIUS HOT DIP GALV. AFTER FAB ) 16'-11 15/16" 5'-8 5/16" 5'-7 3/8" 5-8 5/16" r(c) (b) TYP TYP. 3/16 (d) TYP 7AA — 4'-11" 4'-11" TYP 8M—ID—ROOF HANDRAIL TYP 3/16 (6) REQ'D ROLL TO A 16'-11 1 /16" I/S RADIUS 4'-11" 4'-11" (b) TYP TYP 3/16 (g) (m} (m)L4 (g) (h) 57BA TYP. 1/4 57BB OUTER ROOF HANDRAIL J/U (12) REQ'D ROLL TO A 40'-2" I/S RADIUS TYP 3/16 (a) TYP (a) TYP BILL OF MATERIALS #Ta SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs 6 57A MID ROOF HANDRAIL 12 o PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-6" M2E A538 12 b PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-4 7/16" CIE/M1E A538 6 c PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 16'-11 15/16" ROLL/M2E A538 36 d PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 5-6 1/8" ROLL/C2E A536 6 57AA F8 1/4 X 4 X 16'-10 1/16" ROLL' A36 12 578 OUTER ROOF HANDRAIL 24 o PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-6- M1E A538 36 b PIPE 1 1/2-0 X STD X 3'-4 7/16" C1E A538 12 f PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 19'-8" OLL"/M2 A538 48 g PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 4'-8 13/16" OLL-/C21f A536 48 m PIPE 1 1/2.0 X STD X 4'-9 3/4" ROLL-/C21 A538 12 57BA F8 1/4 X 4 X 19'-5 3/4" ROLL... A36 96 578B 1 1/4" UNISTRUT X 1'-4" A36 1 57C 2'-11" ROOF HANDRAIL 2 o PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X S-6" MIE A53B 1 j PIPE 1 1/2-0 X STD X 2'-11" OLL"/M2 A53B 2 k PIPE 1 1/2"0 X STD X 2'-7 7/8" OLL'•/C2 A53B 1 157CA F8 1/4 X 4 X 2'-9 1/8" ROLL"' I A36 2'-11' (a) TYP cD 1 —0 (k) 57CA 3/16 rYP. `-'3/16 V B D6 57C 2'-11" ROOF HANDRAIL (6) REQ'D ROLL TO A 40'-2" I/S RADIUS TB '2"8 ADDED PC <5788� REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: f 1/8" DEGREES: 32' DECIMAL: .X *.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" CERTIFIED 1 /4)' GAP 7Emm-w-... TYP 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 li PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW. TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 1 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-57 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0" O X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: ROOF HANDRAIL SHEET : 57 L 1 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. TEST FIT SMALL PARTS PRIOR TO FULL WELD OUT CONDUIT BY OTHERS 8A ROOF L ROOF r4'-1 1/16" 2'-8 9/16" CABLE TRAY AND SUPPORT FRAME PLAN VIEW 8AC 8AC W (7) PLCS (12) PLCS @ o U a o pj TO PC W I U cr) � N cV 0 T- W© II 0_r� II 8AB (2) PLCS W W p 1 /2" N c° GAP BETWEEN T-- INSIDE SHELL a^I" I 53A 58AB (6) PLCS II 58AB 4 3/4" 4 3/4" (6) PLCS TYP TYP 1/4" 1/4 " /4" GAP GAP BETWEEN BETWEEN DOORS 5-7 1/2" DOORS TYP 5'— 7 1 /2" TYP 8AA 8AA 58A CABLE TRAY SEE SHT <2> FOR ORIENTATION 58B CABLE TRAY SEE SHT <2> FOR ORIENTATION DOOR AND GRATE 1 VIEW CONDUIT BY OTHERS 2' —11 3/4"- 8 5/8" OUTSIDE CN :B.2'END6„SHELL 6 1 /2" »— 2 1/4" I 2'-5 1/4" (O�DETAILS (2) AS SHOWN (2) OPP HAND # TO SHIP 1 2 BILL OF MATERIALS SHIPCS MARK P #OF ASS MARKY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MA' 58A CABLE TRAY 58B 58AA 14 58AB 2'-9 3/8" 3'-2 3/16" 2'-8 3/16" 8 3/4" BEND 6„ PC (b) � 4-42• --� 3'-5 1/2' b DETAILS (2) RIEO'D ml fP I I QA AILOWER CABLE TRAY ASSEMBLY JU/ �n (2) REO'D 22 158AC 15.7' 3" Of DETAILS (2) REO'D WEIGHT U.S. Lbs CABLE TRAY LOWER CABLE TRAY ASSEMBLY 4 0 PL 1/4 X S-2 1/8" X 2'-11 3/4" 1EMP/BREA< A36 26 2 b PL 1/4 X S-5 1/2" X S-2 3/16" MP/BREA A36 19 4 c HINGE BUYOUT 4" SS BUSHING (W/G.ZIRK) SS 19 2 d RB 1/4"0 X 1'-0" FORM A36 19 2 e F8 1/4 X 3 X 3'-5 1/2" A36 19 2 f FB 1/4 X 3 X 2'-1 3/16" M2E A36 19 4 r PL 1/4 X 0'-2" X 0'-3" W/HOLE A36 19 4 s PL 1/4 X 0'-2" X 0'-2" T MP/W/HO.E A36 19 CABLE TRAY ASSEMBLY 56 g C3 X 5.0# X 0'-2" A36 19 28 h RB 3/8"0 X 1 1/4' THIRD A36 7 14 j PL 1/4 X 2'-0" X 6'-0" A36 19 28 k C4 X 5.4# X 5-10 1/2" A36 19 28 m SECUTITY NUT 3/8" PLTD A307 7 28 n HINGE BUYOUT 4" BRASS BUSHING (W/G.ZERK) BRASS 19 56 p BOLT 3/8"0 X 3 1/2' (W/N&W) SS 19 28 t UNSTRUT 2 X 2 X 2'-0" A36 19 28 u 5/8"0 SPRING X 1 1/4" A36 19 UNISTRUT ASSEMBLY 44 g C3 X 5.0# X 0'-2" A36 19 44 p BOLT 3/8"0 X 3 1/2" (W/N&W) PLTD A307 19 22 t UNISTRUT 2 X 2 X 2'-0- A36 19 flT) TYP (e) TACK (a) (a) E VIEW F VIEW 59 59 14BY1 1/22108 RE-LAYED OUT CABLE TRAY, REV'D BOM RDATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TOL RAN S. N « OTH RW7 NO D: FRACTIONS; t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06' .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010' �-A 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 WWW.TBAILEY.COM CERTIFIED ok FABRICATOR SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 50 1 DRAWN BY: CS JAPPROVED BY; DATE: 11/02/07 ICHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-58 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: CABLE TRAY SHEET #: 58 L NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 2'-0» 1'-9» 0) (t) UNISTRUT/ (1) (TYP) In U) 1 1 /2" TYP B)VIEW B (k) /� (J) (9) TYP �A�CABLE TRAY ASSEMBLY JUl1U (14) REQ'D — r" 3/4»3„ N 1 /2"O HOLE Cr TYP )_D ETAILS (4) REQ'D /2 (u) SPRING (m) (h) PLACE 6" FROM TOP AND 6" FROM BOTTOM (k) TYP --I 13/16" (h) 2„ y� 3/4„ 1" N i 1/2"O HOLE 1 5/16" -- N- TYP s DETAILS (4) REQ'D �2-0 3'-6" — C VIEW 58 0 NOT ELD PC (a) D PC (b) (a) (r) (I)VIEW 58 (9) (t) (P) J ��UNISTRLIT ASSEMBLY (22) REQ'D 1 1 TB 1122/0B REV'D CABLE TRAY DETAILS REV. I BY DATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS FRACTIONS: t 1 B" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL, .X t.08" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010" CERTIFIED T ld L$Wf q m 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE N.T.S. PSF: 15 DRAWN BY: CS APPROVED BY: DATE 11/02/07 ICHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-0-059 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVIOR 80'-0"o X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: CABLE TRAY DETAILS SHEET #: 59 -� tu cc-i r 0 4 (V-\ 12441 Bartholomew Rd., Anacortes, WA 98221 D (360) 293-0682 • FAX (360) 293-3893 .................................................................................................. III�L��o (907) 277-1665 • FAX (907) 277-1676 TO: City of Renton 1055 South Grady W Renton, WA 98057 425-430-7313 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL DATE 08/20/09 1 JOB NO. 878 ATTENTION: Tom Malphrus CONTRACT NO. WTR-27-3214 RE: City of Renton - Hazen Reservoir WE ARE SENDING: [X] Attached/Enclosed [ ] Under separate cover via [ ] Contracts [ ] Subcontracts [ ] Submittals [ ] Plans [ ] Copy of Letter [ ] Change Order [ ] Invoice the following items: [ ] Specifications COPIES DATE NUMBER DESCRIPTION 4 each 22.1 O&M Manuals(plus one CD with a PDF 1 each 1 Year Maintenance Bond THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below- [ ] For signature & return [X] For your use [X] As requested [ ] Approved as submitted [ ] Approved as noted [ ] Returned for corrections [ ] For your action [ ] For your information [ ] For your completion [ ] For review, approval and comment [ ] Progress pay estimate [ ] Final release of retainage REMARKS: Thank You, SIGNED: �'lu(_Cj \11n d A✓lv\ RECEIVED12441 Bartholomew Rd., Anacortes, WA 98221 0 DEC 17 2005 (360) 293-0682 • FAX (360) 293-3893 D................................................................................................ CITY OF RENTON 907 277-1665 • FAX 907 277-1676 UTILITY SYSTEMS ( ) ( ) LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO: City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 425-430-7313 WE ARE SENDING [ ] Contracts [ ] Copy of Letter [X] Attached/Enclosed [ ] Subcontracts [X] Change Order DATE 12/15/09 1 JOB NO. 878 ATTENTION: Tom Malphrus CONTRACT NO. WTR-27-3214 RE: City of Renton - Hazen Reservoir [ ] Under separate cover via [ ] Submittals [ ] Plans [ ] Invoice the following items: [ ] Specifications COPIES DATE NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 each Original Signed Coatings Unlimited Warrant THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: [ ] For signature & return [ ] For your use [X] As requested [ ] Approved as submitted [ ] Approved as noted [ ] Returned for corrections [ ] For your action [ ] For your information [ ] For your completion [ ] For review, approval and comment [ ] Progress pay estimate [ ] Final release of retainage REMARKS: Thank You, /t 1H SIGNED. Bonnie rdlaw SAM.f�c.� 4 keSa6rw\l.t-Cxi CITY OF RENTON TRACKING NO. 8_4 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.. REN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Reservoir Shop Drawings - Sample Enclosure Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. -\pplicable specification section(s): 13.1 ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. ❑ This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ❑ 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Contractor Comments: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Deviations Specifically Noted: 4/15/2008 8:32 AM Drawings.doc J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submitta1008.4 - Reservoir Shop Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 3/10/08 Engineer's Comments: Date Returned to Contractor: 4/15/08 ® Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date: 4/15/08 By: Jon Conner Dra„ings.doc L ILA 21 PD. Submittal #08.4 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #- WTR-27-3214 13.1 Revised Reservoir Shop Drawings Sheets 1-3; 60-61 only General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By Date 03/10/08 GENERAL NOTES: UNLESS NOTED ❑THERWISE 1. DESIGN & FABRICATI❑N PER AWWA D100-05, SECTI❑N 14 DESIGN METAL TEMP = 20° F 2. WELD SIZES TO BE OF EQUAL THICKN OF THE THINNER MEMBER BEING JOINE 3. MATERIAL LIST PLATE A36 SHELL PLATE A36,A573-70,A131B ROOF PLATE A36 BOTTOM PLATE A36 STRUCTURAL A36 PIPE A53B FITTINGS A234 BOLTS A307 PLATED GASKETS R,R. 4. PAINT PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION APPROVED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTF 5.ALL BOLT HOLES IN FLANGES SHALL STRADDLE VERTICAL AND H❑RIZONTAL CENTERLINES 6.ALL SHELL NOZZLES H❑RIZ❑NTAL CENTERLINE ELEVATIONS ARE MEASUR FROM THE BOTTOM ❑UTSIDE OF TANK SHELL 2'-0" nnnr � it r.ir ELEVATION VIEW DRAWING LIST SHEET REV DRAWING CONTENTS SHEET REV DRAWING CONTENTS 1 9 ELEVATION & NOTES 36 1 12'0 INLET 2 3 PLAN & APPS 40 1 EXTERIOR LADDER 3 3 SHELL ROLLOUT 41 1 LADDER GUARD TE 4 2 ANNULAR RING LAYOUT 42 0 LADDER PLATFORM 5 1 BOTTOM LAYOUT 43 0 LADDER PLATFORM DETAILS 6 1 BOTTOM SKETCHES 44 3 SPIRAL STAIR 7 0 ROOF PLATE LAYOUT 45 1 ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW 8 0 ROOF SKETCHES 46 2 UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 9 0 ROOF SKETCHES 47 2 ROOF STAIRWAY 15 3 ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS 48 1 ROOF PLATFORM 16 2 ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 49 3 ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS 17 1 RIM & CHINE DETAILS 50 2 LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY 18 0 RINGWALL F❑UNDATION 51 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 20 3 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE 52 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 21 0 36'0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 53 1 MID LANDING PLATFORM 22 1 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 54 2 INTERI❑R LADDER PLATFORM 30 1 12'0 OVERFLOW 55 0 INTERI❑R LADDER 31 0 12'0 OVERFLOW DETAILS 56 1 ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS 32 2 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 57 1 ROOF HANDRAIL 33 2 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 58 1 CABLE TRAY 34 0 12'0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 59 1 CABLE TRAY DETAILS 35 0 5'-0'0 SUMP 60 1 SAMPLE LINES 61 1 1 ISAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 1 5 1 TB I 2/20/OB REV'D SHTS: 1 ADDED SHT: 60 4 TB 2/13/08 REV'D SHTS: 1, 44, 47, 49, 50, 53 & 54 3 TB 1/31/08 REV'D SHTS: 1, 2, 32. & 33 2 TB 1/22/08 REV'D SHTS: 1-4, 15, 16, 20, 32-33, 45-47, 49-52, 56, 58-59 1 TB 1 /07/08 REV'D SHTS: 1, 4-6, 15-17, 20 22, 30 36-41 44, 46 48-49 54, 57 REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION RACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010" ® A CERTIFIED — u de M=w 12441 BARTH❑LOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 ot PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.C❑M SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 200 DRAWN BY: KM I APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-01 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0X115-0" AWWA -ITLE: ELEVATION & NOTES SHEET #:01 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1, WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. DIMENSIONS ARE RIGHT & LEFT FROM 0' @ OUTSIDE BOTTOM COURSE 1' = 0'-8 3/8' 5° = 3'-6' 323.6° 20A 25'-5 13/16' 4SITE NORTH N J283° 53'-10 11/16" olm 270°1-- 62'-11 7/8" 57B 226.28° 53A 32'-4 11/16' , :: 359.04° 0'-81/16"° C5O 51A n 57C / INTERIOR 54A PLATFORM &47A I n 46A 22A 55A) 16,2° 7° 21A 6'- 3/16"n3OA25.6° 17'-10 15 /16' 48A I Cb 180° 125'-ll 3/4" PLAN VIEW 35A 57A � 31° 1 21'-8 3/8' TANK FOUNDATION 15A )(90) PLCS 88.910 62'-2 3/4' 58A 90° 62'-11 7/8' W i W G 2 (� O O q OF APPURTENANCE SCHEDULE BORTOTOMT@PSHELL ITEM RADIUS DEGREE )KELEV APPURTENANCE 15A SHELL - - ANCHOR CHAIR (90) 20A SHELL 323.6' 4'-0' 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE W/ NAMEPLATE 20B SHELL 143.6 4'-0' 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE W/O NAMEPLATE 21A 37'-11 3/16' 9.7' ROOF 36'0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 22A PEAK PEAK ROOF 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 30A SHELL 25.6' 112'-3 3/8' 12'0 OVERFLOW 32A 36'-6' 125' FLOOR 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 33A 36'-6' 116' FLOOR 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 34A 33'-8' 31' FLOOR 12'0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 35A 33'-8' 31' FLOOR 5'-0'0 SUMP 36A 36'-6' 125' - 12'0 INLET 40A SHELL 117.10' - EXTERIOR LADDER 41A SHELL 117.10' - LADDER GUARD 42A - 117.10' 13'-6' LADDER PLATFORM 44A - - - SPIRAL STAIR 46A - 16.2' ROOF UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 47A - 16.2' ROOF ROOF STAIRWAY 48A - - ROOF ROOF PLATFORM 50A - - ROOF LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY 51A - 359.04' 115'-0' UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 53A - 226.28' 58'-5' MID LANDING PLATFORM 54A - 13.17' 10TA 9/16' INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 55A - 9.7' - INTERIOR LADDER 57A - - IROOF MID ROOF HANDRAIL 57B - - ROOF OUTER ROOF HANDRAIL 57C - - ROOF 2'-11' ROOF HANDRAIL 58A - 88.91, - CABLE TRAY 58B - 226.28' - CABLE TRAY 60A SHELL 283' 2'-10' SAMPLE LINES 61A SHELL 1 283' FLOOR SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 33A 181602 1/4' �6a \ 42A 40A 41A 117.1008 17.10° " 81 -11 1/2 44A 20B 143.6° 125'-ll 3/4" ° 32A 36A 8� _5 13/16' 2 TB 1/31/08 REV'D LOC OF INLET & OUTLET PIPE 1 TB 1/22/08 REV'D PLATFORM AND LOC. OF INLET & OUTLET PIP:E::l REV. IBY JDATE I DESCRIPTION -RACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: 32' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED ___ 9 , L Mmw 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 ok PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 120 1 DRAWN BY: KJ M APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 1 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-02 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115-0" AWWA -ITLE; PLAN & APPS SHEET #:02 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING R40'-O" I /S RADIUS 3'-0 1/2" 30'-7 1/4" TYP CHORD LENGTH ALL DIMS ARE I/S BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK 11OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAI 6 1 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 2 1.1 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' X 8'-I1 3/4' ROLL A573-70 2 1.2 PL 1.2 X 7'-11' X 22'-4 15/16' ROLL A573-70 8 2 PL 1 X 7 -11 X 31-5 1/16 ROLL A573-70 8 3 PL 1 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 4 PL 7/8 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 5 PL 13/16 X 7'-11' x 31'-5 1/16' ROLL A573-70 8 6 PL 3/4 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/4' ROLL A573-70 8 7 PL 11/16 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 1/4' ROLL A573-70 TYP SHELL COURES 9-12 1/8" 1/8" 11 /7 5° 10 1 C nn TYP. TYP SHELI lnJ COURES 6-� &—] 1,1 1/8" 37.6� 4 Q INSIDE SHELL 1/8" TYP 1/8" r INSIDE 45,5 45.0° 1/8" SHELL 1 J / 455 D° 2 1/8'/ TYP. 1/8" 1/8MAX u —�j MAX 1 1.1 1.2 � SECTI❑N A SECTION - COURSES 1 THRU 4 SHELL CR❑SS-SECTI❑N AS SEEN IN FLAT PATTERN FROM OUTSIDE OF TANK 37�1INSIDE SHELL ,Z3 7 5° f l 1/8" __� MAX H SECTI❑N COURSES 5 THRU 11 BILL WEIGHT #TO SHIP #OF ASSY OF MATERIALS U.S. Lbs SHIP MARK PCS MARK DESCRIPTION 73962 8 8 PL 11/16 X T-11' X 31'-5 1/4' 9410 8 15086 8 81328 8 81328 8 71160 8 66080 8 60992 8 55912 F SECTION INSIDE SHELL - COURSES 13 - 15 9 PL 5/8 X 7'-I1' X 31'-5 5/16' 10 PL 112 X 7' 11' X 31'-5 5/16' 11 PL 7/16 X T-l]' X 31-5 5/16' 12 PL 3/8 X 7'-11' X 31'-5 5/16' 13 PL 1/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31'-5 5/16' 14 PL 1/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31'-5 5/16' 15 1 PL 1/4 X 6'-3 13/16' X 31'-5 5/16' 37.5° MAXMA SECTION COURSES 12 INSIDE SHELL 1/16" K SECTION & 13 - COURSES 14 & 15 :MARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT U.S. Lbs ROLL A131B 55912 ROLL A131B 50824 ROLL A36 40664 ROLL A36 35576 ROLL A36 30496 ROLL A36 20328 ROLL A36 13856 ROLL i A36 13856 INSIDE 15/16" SHELL �� ~1 I� 3 / 8" B SECTION COURSE 1 INSIDE 3/8" SHELL _it7, Q -{ 15/16" C SECTION COURSES 2 - 5 INSIDE 3/16" SHELL Q -I I--- 11 / 16 " D SECTI❑N COURSES 6 - 8 INSIDE 1/8" SHELL L 0.0" \/ 1/8" 6 E SECTION COURSES 9 - 12 ADDED SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE REV'D LENGTH OF SHELL COURSES 6-8 MOVED SHELL AND ANCHORS: RE -SIZED <1.1 & 1.2> DESCRIPTION FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" XX t.03 XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTH❑LOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 is PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 400 DRAWN BY: KJM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 d CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-03 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"Od X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: SHELL ROLLOUT SHEET #:03 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING r- INSIDE SHELL 60AF160AE160A 49.00' �'1 /4 V/ 60AC 60AE 60AC EL 526.00' C0 60AC I 0 OAD � I I 1 0 00 0 II I Li O O J z Ln ::3II O Q .- 0_ W 60AF 60AE60AD o @ N > Ld n _ I O m o L`' Li 00 ' cf) J z U I � -� Q I- a1i1 a N= D_ J cn o, c� W N > D' ch U 1 p Q O Q 0 cn D- W W co z 3 1 /2" uj Lo 3 1 /2" 0' A o A o _ I _ 1 C00 00 J J J + t � I 3/16 E309 O 3/16 E309 1 60AA 60AA J N EL 457.00' N + BOTTOM PL LEFT SAMPLE LINES CENTER SAMPLE LINES ENCLOSURE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY RIGHT SAMPLE LINES ENCLOSURE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP SHIP MARK #OF PCS ASSY MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIA WEIGHT U.S. Lbs 60A 1/2"0 SAMPLE LINES 3 60AA NIPPLE PIPE 1"0 X SCH 80 X 0'-6" THR02E2" SS 3 60AS ELL 1"0 X LR 90' THRD BRASS 9 60AC PIPE 1/2"0 STD X 20'-0" FIELDTRIM COPPER 17 60AD L3 X 3 X 1/4" X 0'-3" WHOLES A36 17 60AE 5/8" X 2 HOLE EYE STRAP '• 304 SS 34 60AF BOLT 3/16"m x 1 1/4" (W/N&W) 304 SS 3 60AG REDUCER 1/2"0 X 1"0 COPPER ** SUNCORE ITEM # S3708-0016 FOOTING r04-61A ENCLOSURE CONCRETE :••� SUPPORT SLAB ° 2'-0" X 0'-9" X 4'-0" DEEP j-' a. 3„ F 1 1 /2„ 01 /4" I HOLES o I I 2 3/16" y E460AD DETAILS (17) REQ'D A SECTION INSIDE SHELL 60AB (3) PLCS 4" RIGHT SAMPLE LINE CENTER SAMPLE LINE LEFT SAMPLE LINE OAA)(3) PLCS 1 1 TB 3/7/08 1 ADDED PAGE REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TOLERAN S. -INS OTH RW.Sl NOT D' FRACTIONS: i t/8" DEGREES: f2' DECIMAL: .X f.06" .XX 3.03 .XXX t.010 R4mCERTIFIED T — w__ , U If mwe 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: TB �.Rp�ANO: D BY: DATE: 2/21/08 CHECKED BY: 878-00-60 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"OX115'-O" AWWA TITLE: SAMPLE LINES SHEET #: 60 L_ NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 9 13/16" OUTSIDE SHELL BOTTOM PL BILL OF MATERIALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY SHIP MARK PCS MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATER 1 61A SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 1 0 PL 1/8" X S-9 9/16" X 5'-0" 'EMP/FORh I A36 1 b PL 1/8" X 0'-4" X V-4" A36 1 c PL 1/8" X 1'-4 1/4" X 1'-7 11/16" A36 1 d R8 1/4"0 X 0'-8" FORM A36 2 e WELD -ON PIANO HINGE X 2" OPEN WIDTH X 3" CS i f FIXED PADLOCK EYE - WELD -ON (McMASTER III1750A 2) CS 1 9 .120" THK PLAIN STEEL HINGE X 0'-8" CS 5'-0" 1'-4" I/S 4" I I cI Ol Lo_ �I �I Ln M of of r- rn zl zl I ml ml I I 1 6 5/8" (D=ALu 2 1 /4" 1 TB 3/7/08 ADDED PAGE REV. BY DATE DESCRIPTION WEIGHT U.S. Lbs TRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X i.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" M Aalff CERTIFIED df 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW. TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 30 DRAWN BY: TB APPROVED BY: DATE: 2/21/08 CHECKED BY: DRAWING NO: 878-00-61 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0 X 115'-0" AWWA TITLE: SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE SHEET #: 61 88 L- CITY OF RENTON TRACKING NO. 16 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.: REN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Welding Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): 13.1B ® First Submittal OR ❑ Resubmittal No. ❑ This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ❑ 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Contractor Comments: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: [Deviations Specifically Noted: 3/11/2008 4:03 PM C:\Documents and Settings\mschueren\My Documents\Submittal 16 - Welding.doc Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 3/10/08 Date Returned to Contractor: 3/11/08 Engineer's Comments: ® Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date:3/11/08 By: Jon Connor 3/11/2008 4:03 PM C:\Documents and Settings\mschueren\My Documents\Submittal 16 - Welding.doc Submittal #16 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA — Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #: WTR-27-3214 3.1 P Welding Procedures and Qualifications Weider Qualifications General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd, Anacortes. WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 it is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By 1' � � ;'`� Date 03/10108 i C._. :i ,: T. Bailey Inc. + Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-61/780 02 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 12/19/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SAW-1_61/780 02 - Rev 1 Reference dots. old wps SAW-1_61 (02) Scope SAW-L61/780, P1 G1 material, as welded, with impacts @ -20°F Groove, fillet, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: Production drawings BASE METALS (QW-403) Type Carbon steel (P1) P-no. 1 Grp -no. 1 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. 1 Grp -no. 1 Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. - Retainers None Notes old pqr SAW-1-61 (02) FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA SAW 5.17 EM12K Flux Sup. filler 5.17 F7A2 Flux type Fluxfrom recrush. slag Active flux N/A WELDING PROCEDURE THICKNF-55 RANGE QUALIFIEU (In.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max. Min. Max Complete pen. 0.188 1.5 Impact tested 0.625 1.5 Partial pen. 0.188 1 1.5 Fillet welds no min. no max. DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min Max. Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max. Min. Max 6 1 Lincoln L-61 no min F1.5 Lincoln 780 - Required - None - Welding process SAW Type Machine Minimum preheatfinterpass temperature (°H 50 Maximum interpass temperature (T) 400 Filler metal size (in.) .094 (3/32) Layer number All Position of groove F,H Current/polarity DCEP Amperes 400-480 Volts 31-33 Travel speed (in./min) 10-22 Maximum heat input (kllin.) 95.04 Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (INmin) auto -controlled String or weave Stringer C.T.W.D (in.) 3/4-1 1/4 Multi/Single pass per side Single or multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single or Multiple layer Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg) 0° Maximum pass thickness (in.> .5 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes WeldOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n` WPS00001 Page T—of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 771#1W Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L61f780 02 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 12/19/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. PRF14FAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section 1 175 (°F) for thickness over 1 (in.) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (QW-410) Supplementary MF control Not applicable Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None or Air Carbon Arc when used NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. Preheat may be used for the removal of moisture. 3. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 4. For horizontal groove welds, this procedure can be run with a single electrode on each side of the joint simultaneously. 5. Joules per inch (J/in) shall be utilized for control of heat input. When impacts are required, the maximum heat input shall not be exceeded J/in = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 10/07/2003 WeW fice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rWft reserved worldwide. - 1--n. Pape 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SAW L61/780 02 Revision 1 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L61/780 02 Date 10107l2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts Notes old pqr SAW-L61 (02) JOINTS (OW-402) Joint design Backing: Retainers Groove angle (deg.) Root opening (in.) Root face (in.) WELDING PROCESSES F lding process e Single-V-groove Yes None 60 0 .25 t. 25 0 f r Revision 0 P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) 1 1 .75 1 1 .75 SAW Machine 2 t 3 FILLER METALS (QW404) SFA specification 5.17 AWS classification EM12K Filler metal F-number 6 Weld metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition N/A Filler metal trade name Lincoln L-61 Filler metal size 0n.) .094 (3/32) Deposited thickness (in.) .75 Maximum pass thickness (in.) .375 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Flux AWS specification 5.17 Flux AWS classification F7A2 Flux nominal composition N/A Flux trade name Lincoln 780 Flux type Active flux Flux from recrushed slag No Supplemental filler metal N/A Supplemental filler metal vol. (it') 0 POSITION (OW-405) Position of groove 1 G Weld progression - PREHEAT (QW-406) rPrehm,e,,t.l,mperature(°F)100 xiuinterpass temperature (`� 300 ELECTRICAL (QW-409) Filler metal size (in.) .094 (3/32) Amperes 400-480 Volts 31-33 Travel speed (in.Im n) 10-22 Maximum heat input (Ulin.) 95.04 Current/polarity DCEP Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./min) auto -controlled TECHNIQUE (QW-410) String or weave Stringer C.T. W. D (in.) 3/4-1 1 /4 Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg.) 0° Multi/Single pass per side Single and Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Multiple layer Peening Not used Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None WeW)Mce WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C•spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° PQR00039 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 77',AProcedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SAW-L611780 02 Revision 1 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1_61/78002 Revision 0 Date 10/07/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V TENSILE TESTS (OW-1501 Reduced section Specimen number Width (in.) Thickness On) Area (irvT) Ultimate total load (lb) Ultimate unit stress (psp Type of failure and location T-1 .601 .609 0.3660 25408 69500 Ductile -Base Metal T-2 .600 .608 0.3648 25358 69500 Ductile -Base Metal Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per QW-151.1 and QW-462.1(a) BEND TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 4 transverse side bends per OW-161.1 and QW-462.2 QW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-451.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS (OW-1701 Specimen number Notch location Notch type Specimen size (in.) x (in.) Test temperature Impact values (ft b) (% Shear) (Mils) Drop weight bleak W-19 Weld Metal V-notch -20 51 W-20 Weld Metal V-notch -20 21 W-21 Weld Metal V-notch -20 16 AVG Weld Metal V-notch -20 29.3 Comments OTHER TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per OW-302.4 OW-194 Acceptable see -ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Comments Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Dwight Company, Inc 97-95 Darrell L Lehmann 519661826 DLL Test file number Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the lest welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CIA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date A' 1017/03 WeWffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00039 Page 2 of 2 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L61/780 05 Date 4/2/2007 Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SAW-L61 /780 05 - Rev 0 Reference does. T. Bailey Inc. Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Company name T. Bailey Inc. Scope Groove, fillet, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: Production drawings BASE METALS (QW-403) Type Carbon steel(P1) P-no. 1 Grp -no. 1 Welded to Plate P-no. Grp -no. - Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. - Retainers None Notes FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA SAW 5.17 EM12K Flux Sup. filler 5.17 F7A2 Flux type Flux from recrush. slag Active Flux N/A WELDING PROCEDURE THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded Min. Max With PWHT Min. Max Complete pen. 0.063 0.626 - Impact tested 0.313 0.626 - Partial pen. 0.063 0.626 Fillet welds no min. no max. - DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in-) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max - THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max Min. Max 6 1 no min. 1.252 - - - Required - None - Welding process SAW Type Machine Minimum preheat/interpass temperature (7) 50 Maximum interpass temperature (T) 480 Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Layer number All Position of groove F,H Current/polarity DCEP Amperes 425-500 Volts 28-31 Travel speed (tnfrrin) 22-31 Maximum heat input wren.) 40.9091 Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./min) auto -controlled String or weave Stringer C.T.W.D (in.) 3/4-1 1/4 Multi/Single pass per side Single or Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single or Multiple layer Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg.) 0° Maximum pass thickness (in.) 0.25 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes WeldOfrice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' WPS00066 Page 1 of 2 r h T. Bailey Inc. J L TIL Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOfflce WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-61/780 05 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 4/2/2007 Company name T. Bailey Inc. PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section Vill Div. 1 175 (°F) for thickness over 1 (in.) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (7) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (QW-410) Supplementary MF control Not applicable Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. For horizontal groove welds, this procedure can be run with a single electrode on each side of the joint simultaneously. 3. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 4. Joules per inch (J/in) shall be utilized for control of heat input. When impacts are required, the maximum heat input SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. J/in = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] OA Manner Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 r- , 1 Date 5/2/2006' WekiOffce WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyrigtd 2007 C-spec Software. AI tights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00066 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS POR9 SAW-1-61/780 05 5/2/2006 BASE METALS (0W-403) Revision 0 WPS record number Company name we .mom M WPS9 SAW-L61/780 05 T. Bailey Inc. AAMF Sw tinn IX Revision 0 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp-mi. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Die. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 - - .313 - Welded to: Plate A-131 (B) U - - .313 - and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts, With hardness Notes JOINTS (OW-402) Joint design Square -groove Backing: Yes Retainers None 1 Groove angle (deg.) 0 Root opening (in.) 0+, Root face (in.) WA 2 WELDING PROCESSES Welding process SAW Tye Machine FILLER METALS (OW-404) SFA specification 5.17 AWS classification EM12K Filler metal F-number 6 Well metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition N/A Filler metal trade name Lincoln L-61 Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Deposited thickness (in.) 0.628 Maximum pass thickness (in.) 0.25 Web deposit chemistry WA Flux AWS specification 5.17 Flux AWS classification F7A2 Flux nominal composition WA Flux trade name Lincoln 780 Fitt type Active flux Fitt from recrushed slag No Supplemental filler metal N/A Supplemental filler metal vol. 0 POSITION (OW-405) Position of gmove 1G Well progression - PREHEAT (QW406) Preheat temperature CF) 60 Maximum interpass temperature CF) 380 ELECTRICAL (OW-409) Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Amperes 425 500 Volts 28 30 Travel speed (in./min) 31 22 Maodmum heat input (kJ/in.) 23.0323 40.9091 Current/polarity DCEP DCEP Wire feed type Hot wire Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./min) auto -controlled auto -controlled TECHNIOUE (011i String or weave Stringer C.T.W.D (in.) 718 - 1 1A Oscillation None Mufti/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg.) 0° 0' Mufti/Single pass per side Single pass Multiple or single layer Multiple layer Peening Nat used Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None WelfOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" POR00056 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 72vffaly Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS POR record number POR9 SAW-1.61/780 05 Date 5/2/2006 TENSILE TESTS 1OW4501 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1.61/780 05 Company nacre T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX Revision 0 Reduced section Width Thickness Area Ulirrete total bad Ultimate unit stress Type of failure and Specimen number (in.) (in.) (in2) (b) (psQ location Tt .749 .276 0.2067 14790 71500 Ductile -Al 318 SM T2 .752 .275 0.2068 14610 70500 Ductile -Al 31 B BM Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per QW-151.1 and OW462.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (OW-160) Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse face bends per OW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW451.1 2 transverse root bends per QW-161.3 and QW462.3(a) OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-451.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS (OW-170) Specimen Specimen size Test terperatwe Impact values Drop weight number Notch location Notch CYPe (in.) x (in.) (ft b) (% Shear) (Mils) break 1 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x0.264 0 24 2 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x0.264 0 30 3 Well Metal V-notch 0.394 x0.264 0 35 4 A36 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 64 5 A36 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 94 6 A36 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 36 7 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 75 8 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 70 9 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 94 #7547 4 At 31 B HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 70 5 At 318 HAZ V-crotch 0.394 x 0.264 0 85 6 At 31B HAZ V-notch 0.394 x0.264 0 63 7 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 101 8 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 103 9 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 109 Comments TESL Type (Scale) Distance from surface SA-36 (UNS K02600) HAZ Weld HAZ A-131 (B) Rockwell A (HRA) Rockwell A (HRA) Rockwell A (HRA) .06 .16 .27 46.7 48 48.5 52.3 51 7 50.5 52.7 52.0 52.0 49.5 49.8 48.0 44.2 45.8 45.4 Comments OTHER TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per QW-302.4 Radiographic examnation per OW-191 and OW-302.2 QW-194 OW-191.2 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW-142/3, QW-304/5 Comrent5 CERT FICATION Welders name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Test file number Tests conducted by Anvil Corporation 7540-7543, 7547 9PQD00018 Greg Newsom Rock, Eric M 8928 EMR We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CM 03031021 "- ri ° -• sr°Lin=^t ~Y Date 5/2/2006 WeldOffrce WPS 2008.1Z048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalan n° POR00056 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. T Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 Revision 5 Qualified to ASME Section IX WPS record number Date 5/2/2006 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 - Rev 5 Reference dots. Scope FCAW All31 B to A131B material, E71T-1/CO2, as welded, with impacts @ 0°F in WM, HAZ, BM Groove, fillet, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: JOINTS section of this WPS, Production drawings E METALS (QW-403) Type Plate P-no. U Grp -no. Welded to Plate P-no. U Grp -no. Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. - Retainers None Notes FILLER METALS (QW-4041 THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded Min. Max With PWHT Min. Max Complete pen. 0.063 0.626 Impact tested 0.313 0.626 Partial pen. 0.063 0.626 Fillet welds no min. no max. DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. - THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED ((a) As -welded With PWHT SFA Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max. Min. Max FCAW 5.20 E71T-1 6 ESAB no min. 0.626 Sup. filler - None - WELDING PROCEDURE Welding process FCAW Type Semi -automatic Minimum preheatfinterpass temperature (T) 50 Maximum interpass temperature (°H 370 Filler metal size (in.) .052 Layer number All Position of groove All Weld progression Uphill Current/polarity DCEP Amperes 180-220 Volts 25-28 Travel speed (in./mn) 9 - 11 Maximum heat input (Win.) 36 Wire feed speed (in.lrin) auto -controlled Arc transfer mode Globular Shielding: Gas type CO2 Flow rate (cfh) 35 Trailing: Gas type None Flow rate (Cfh) Backing: Gas type None Flow rate (Cfh) String or weave Stringer Orifice/gas cup size 5/8 C.T.W.D (in.) 3/4 Multi/Single pass per side Single or Multiple passes Maximum pass thickness (in.) 0.25 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes WeldOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00064 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 7,- Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeidOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 Revision 5 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 5/2/2006 Company name T. Bailey Inc. JuiN i s thaw-4uz) a ypfcar )omits). see acivaf proaucrion arawmgs ana engineering specmcacions ror ueians. 4— 6' -A PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section VIII Div. 1 175 ff) for thickness over 1 (in) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE Peening Surface preparation Initial/interpass cleaning Back gouging method NOTES Notused Brushing and Grinding Brushing and Grinding Grinding or Air Carbon Arc 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 3. Groove welds in plate without backing shall be backgouged to clean, sound metal prior to welding second side. 4. Joules per inch (J/in) shall be utilized for control of heat input. When impacts are required, the maximum heat input SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. J/in = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] 5. 6. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 5/2/2006 WeldOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AO rights reserved worldwide. T. Bailey Inc. TWWY Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 Revision 5 WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-Tt/CO2 Revision 5 Date 5/2/2008 Cortpany name T. Bailey Inc. Welling standard I ASME Section IX BASE METALS (OW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate X131 (B) U - - .313 Welded to: Plate A-131 (8) U - - .313 - and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts, With hardness Notes Joint design Single-V-groove Backing: Yes 2 Retainers None Groove angle (deg.) 60 ¢6py 1 Root opening (in.) 0 Root face (in.) 1/8 Smg Ire 3 4 WELDING PROCESSES [Welding process FCAW ry� Semi -automatic FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification 5.20 AWS classification E71 T-1 Filler metal F-number 6 Well metal A -number WA Filter metal nominal composition WA Filter metal trade name ESAB Filter metal size (in.) .052 Deposited thickness (in.) .626 Mabnum pass thickness (in.) 0.25 Well deposit chemistry N/A Supplemental filler metal WA Supplemental filler metal vol. 0 POSITION (QW d05) Position of groove 3G Weld progression Uphin PREHEAT (OW-406) Preheat tenperature (°F) 64 Maximum interpass temperature 270 GAS (QW-406) Shielding gas: Type CO2 Flow rate (cm) 35 Trailing gas: Type None Flow rate (cfh) Backing gas: Type None Flow rate (ci - ELECTRICAL (OW-409) Filler natal size (in.) .052 Arrperes 200 Volts 27 Travel speed (in./min) 9 - 11 Maximum heat input (kJ/in.) 36 Current/polarity DCEP Wire feed speed (in./min) 0 Arc transfer mode Globular TECHNIQUE (QWi10) String or weave Stringer Orifice/gas cup size 5/8 C.T.W.D (in.) .75 Mufti/Single pass per side Multiple passes Peening Not used IniliaUnterpass cleaning Brushing Back gouging method Air carbon are WeIOOfgce WPS 20D6.12.048 - (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00054 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number POR9 FCAWE71-T1 ic02 Date 51=006 TENSILE TESTS IOW-1 Sol Revision 5 WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-Tt/CO2 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welling standard ASME Section IX Revision 5 Reduced section Width Thickness Area Ultimate total bad Uttmate unit stress Type of failure and Specimen number (in.) (n.) (irtT) (6) (Psi) location T1 .752 .276 0.2078 14410 69600 Ductile -BM T2 .753 .285 0.2146 15080 70500 Ductile -BM Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per OW-151.1 and QW482.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (QW460) Type of lest Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse face bends per OW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) OW-183 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-451.1 2 transverse root bends per QW-161.3 and OW-462.3(a) QW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW451.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS (OW470) Specimen Specimen size Test temperature Impact vakres Drop weight number Notch location Notch type (in) x (in.) (ft b) (% Shear) (Mils) break 1 Web Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 54 2 Web Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 51 3 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 88 4 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 118 5 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 114 6 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 109 7 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 93 8 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 62 9 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.264 0 76 komrreras HARDNESS TEST Type (Scale) Distance from surface A-131 (8) HAZ Weld HAZ A-131 (B) Rockwell A (HRA) .06 45.2 49 55.5 53 45.6 Rockwell A (HRA) .18 46.5 49.5 53 49 45 Rockwell A (HRA) .27 46.1 48A 54.3 48.5 45.5 Comments OTHER TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per OW-302.4 OW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-452.1 (a) Comments CERTFICATION Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Anvil Corporation 7552-7555 Zavala, Guadelrpe 3067 LZ Test file number 9PQD00021 Tests conducted by Greg Newsom We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared. welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 5/2/2006 WebOfice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00054 Page 2 of 2 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Date 12/16/2003 Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SMAW E7018-01 - Rev 0 Reference docs. old wps E7018 (01) Scope SMAW P S1, G S1 to P S1, G S1 (A573) material, E7018, as welded, with impacts @ -20F Groove, fillet, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: Production drawings BASE METALS (QWd03) Type Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S1 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S1 Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. - Retainers None Notes old pqr E7018 (01) FILLER METALS (QW-404) ISMAW WELDING PROCEDURE T. Bailey Inc. Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS Revision 0 Qualified to FASME Section IX Company name iley Inc. THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED ( ) As -welded Min. Max. With PWHT Min. Max. Complete pen. 0.063 0.626 Impact tested 0.313 0.626 Partial pen. 0.063 0.626 Fillet welds no min. no max. DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. - THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT SFA Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name On. Max Min. Max. 5.1 E7018 4 1 no min. 0.626 Welding process SMAW Type Manual Minimum preheat/interpass temperature CF) 50 Maximum interpass temperature CFl 350 Filler metal size (in) .125 (1/8) 5/32 .094 (3/32) Layer number All All All Position of groove All All All Weld progression Uphill Uphill Uphill Current/polarity DCEP DCEP DCEP Amperes 110-130 120-155 80-115 Volts 20-24 20-24 18-22 Travel speed (in./min) 5-9 8-10 5-9 Maximum heat input (Wfin.) 37.5 String or weave Stringer or Weave Multi/Single pass per side Single or multiple passes Maximum pass thickness (in.) .25 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes Weldofrice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00015 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. S "' Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 12/16/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section VIII Div. 1 175 ('F) for thickness over 1 (in) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (OW-410) Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method Air carbon arc NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. Preheat may be used for the removal of moisture. 3. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 4. Groove welds in plate without backing shall be backgouged to clean, sound metal prior to welding second side. 5. Joules per inch (J/in) shall be utilized for control of heat input. When impacts are required, the maximum heat input shall not be exceeded J/in = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [fravelSpeed (in/min)] 6. No single pass shall exceed 1/2" in thickness nn ManAna► Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 ` 4. Date 12/16/2003 WedOHlce WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worMwide. Cataiog n° WPS00015 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. �-- � }� W Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Revision 0 PQR record number PQR9 SMAW E7018-01 Date 09122/1998 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate A573 (58) S1 S1 .313 Welded to: Plate A-573 (58) S1 S1 .313 and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts Notes old pqr E7018 (01) JOINTS (QW-402) Joint design Single-V-groove 60• Backing: Yes: weld metal 2 Retainers None Groove angle (deg) 60 ens 1 Root opening (in.) 1/16 Root face a) 1/8 3 Vi6 WELDING PROCESSES FW,I.d,ng process SMAW Manual FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification 5.1 AWS classification E7018 Filler metal F-number 4 Weld metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition N/A Filler metal trade name N/A Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Deposited thickness (in.) .313 Maximum pass thickness (In.) .25 Weld deposit chemistry N/A PosITION fcm 40s1 FPo.s,,t,on of groove 1G lprogression HFOT fOWde81 Preheat temperature (°F) 100 Maximum interpass temperature (°) 250 ELECTRICAL (OW-409) Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Amperes 110-130 Volts 20-24 Travel speed (in.fmin) 5-9 Maximum heat input (W/iin.) 37.5 Current/polarity DCEP TECHNIQUE (QW-410) String or weave Stringer and Weave Multi/Single pass per side Single and Multiple passes Peening Not used Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method Air carbon arc WeldOfBce WPS 2008.12.D48 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' POR00013 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. ` Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SMAW E7018-01 Date 09/22/1998 TENSILE TESTS (QW-150) Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V Revision 0 Reduced section Specimen number Width (in.) Thickness (in.) Area (ire) Ultimate total load (D) Ultimate unit stress (PSI) Type of failure and IOCatIOn T-1 1.002 .3 0.30 19363 64500 Ductile -Base Metal T-2 1 .301 0.3010 19353 645M Ductile -Base Metal Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per OW-151.1 and QW-462.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (OW-160) Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse face bends per OW-161.2 and QW-462.3(a) 2 transverse root bends per QW-161.3 and OW-462.3(a) QW-163 (incl. CRO) OW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME V- QWA51.1 see -ASME V - QWA51.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS (OW-170) Specimen number Notch location Notch type Specimansize pa) x (in.) Test temperature ('Fl Impact values (rt b) (%shear) (Mils) Drop weight break W-13 Weld Metal V-notch -20 116 W-14 Weld Metal V-notch -20 116 W-15 Weld Metal V-notch -20 116 avg of 3 116 Comments CERTIFICATION Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Dwight Company, Inc 97-95 revl Looney, Douglas R 539520897 DRL Test file number Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Date 12/16/2003 WeldOflice WPS 2008.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Date 8/2/2005 Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SMAW E6010 - Rev 0 Reference docs. T. Bailey Inc. Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS Revision 3 Qualified to ASME Section IX Company name T. Bailey Inc. Scope Groove, fillet, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: JOINTS section of this WPS, Production drawings BASE METALS (QW-403) Type Carbon steel (P1) Welded to Carbon steel (P1) Backing: Yes: base metal Retainers None Notes old pqr E6010 - (01) FILLER METALS (QW-404) P-no. 1 Grp -no. 1 P-no. 1 Grp -no. 1 P-no. Grp -no. - THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Complete pen. 0.063 0.75 Impact tested 0.375 0.75 Partial pen. 0.063 0.75 Fillet welds no min. no max. DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT SFA Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max Min. Max. SMAW 5.1 E6010 3 1 no min. 0.3 SMAW 5.1 E6010 3 1 no min. 0.45 WELDING PROCEDURE Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Minimum preheatfinterpass temperature (T) 50 50 Maximum interpass temperature (T) 350 350 Filler metal size (in.) 5/32 3/16 Layer number All All Position of groove All All Weld progression Downhill Downhill Current/polarity DCEP DCEP Amperes 120-160 180-220 Volts 25-26 * see note 4 27-29 * see note 4 Travel speed (in./mn) 8-10 8-10 Maximum heat input (Wrin.) 20.8 43.5 String or weave Stringer Stringer Multi/Single pass per side Single or multiple passes Single or multiple passes Maximum pass thickness (in-) .15 .15 Weld deposit chemistry N/A N/A Notes WeldOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00051 Page 1 of 2 f a 7-- T. Bailey Inc. Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Revision 3 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 8/2/2005 Company name T. Bailey Inc. JOINTS (QW402) Typical joint(s). See actual production drawings and engineering specifications for details. w 4 im PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section Vill Div. 1 175 ff) for thickness over 1 (in.) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (QW-410) Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding nitial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method Grinding or Air Carbon Arc NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. Groove welds in plate without backing shall be backgouged to clean, sound metal prior to welding second side. 3. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 4.. The output voltage is determined by the slope characteristic of the selected power source. Voltage adjustment is not required in this application. 5. Heat Input: Xin = [Voltage x Amperage x 60) / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] 6. OA Manner Name Signature David Edwards CW103031021 '- ` ; +k•� p'. Date 6/3/2005 WeldOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AM rights reserved worldwide. T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SMAW E6010 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Date 05/14/1998 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V BASE METALS (QW-403) ' Grp Size Sch. Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. -no. Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts Notes Inl�� /l11AIJ/171 old pqr E6010 - (01) - 5/32 filler front side; 3/16 filler used on back weld Revision 0 Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) .375 .375 Joint design Backing: Single-V-groove Back -gouged & welded Retainers None Groove angle (deg.) Root opening (in.) 60 1/8 are Root face (in.) 1/8 WELDING PROCESSES FWlding process SMAW SMAW e Manual Manual FILLER METALS (QW 404) SFA specification 5.1 5.1 AWS classification E6010 E6010 Filler metal F-number 3 3 Weld metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition N/A N/A Filler metal trade name N/A N/A Filler metal size (in) 5/32 3/16 Deposited thickness (in.) 15 .225 Maximum pass thickness (in.) 15 A5 Weld deposit chemistry N/A N/A POSITION (QW-405) sition of groove F 3G 3G ld progression Downhill Downhill PREHEAT (OW-406) perature ('F) 50 50 [Priahealml,m Maximuinterpass temperature (°F) 250 ELECTRICAL (QW-409) Filler metal size (in.) 5132 3/16 Amperes 120 200 Volts 26 29 Travel speed (in./rrin) 9 8 Maximum heat input (turn.) 20.8 43.5 Currentlpolarity DCEP DCEP TECHNIQUE (QW-410) String or weave Stringer Stringer Multi/Single pass per side Single and Multiple passes Single and Multiple passes Peening Not used Not used Initiallinterpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Bushing and Grinding Back gouging method N/A Grinding WeldOfgce WPS 2008.12,048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. Al rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° PQR00012 Page 1 of 2 - T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SMAW E6010 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Revision 0 Date 05/1 1/1998 Company name T, Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX ItNJILt ItJ IJ (W W-1 oU) Specimen number Width (in.) Thickness on.) Area (ire) Ultimate total load (lo) Ultimate unit stress (psp Type of failure and location T-1 1.37 .367 0.5028 34415 68500 Ductile -Base Metal T-2 1.373 .365 0.5011 34163 68000 Ductile -Base Metal Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per OW-151.1 and QW-462.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (OW-160) Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse face bends per QW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) OW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-451.1 2 transverse root bends per QW-161.3 and OW-462.3(a) OW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME D( - QW451.1 Comments 4:1--lLL4-IMOI'iMPAl Specimen number Notch location Notch type Specimen size (in.) x (in.) Test temperature (Fl Impact values (it IN (% Shear) (Toils) Drop weight break W-1 Weld Metal V-notch +20 55.4 55.0 W-2 Weld Metal V-notch +20 66.3 64.5 W-3 Weld Metal V-notch +20 63.4 56.5 avg of 3 61.7 Comments Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per QW302.4 OW-194 Acceptable see -ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Comments Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Dwight Company, Inc 120-98 Morse, Kris D 537764500 KDM Test file number Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc we cenny inat me sratemenis in [nis rewm are correct aoa mar uro rest weirs wero pePaieu, •r=iwu aiu remcu ei =wrn uau..c ..n�� um w=•��F•••� �• ..w.•.• ^ -^^^�^� Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Date 12/16QO03 Weltl01fice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved woMwide. Catabg n• PQR00012 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. ' Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7024 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 12/17/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SMAW E7024 - Rev 0 Reference docs. old wps E7024 Scope SMAW S1 to S1 material, E7024, as welded, no impacts Fillet, no PWHT (As -welded) Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: Production drawings BASE METALS IQW-4031 Type Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S1 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S1 Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. - Retainers None Notes old pqr E7024 FILLER METALS (QW-404) SMAW WELDING PROCEDURE THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (tn.) As -welded Min. Max With PWHT Min, Max. Complete pen. - Impact tested Partial pen. Fillet welds no min. no max. DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED On ) As -welded With PWHT SFA Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max Min. Max. 5.1 E7024 1 1 no min. no max Welding process SMAW Type Manual Minimum preheattinterpass temperature (°H 50 Maximum interpass temperature (T) 300 Filler metal size on.) 3/16 Layer number All Position of groove 1 F, 2F Weld progression Current/polarity DCEN Amperes 260-300 Volts 25-28 * see note 5 Travel speed (inatrin) 10-12 Maximum heat input (Wrin.) String or weave Stringer Multi/Single pass per side Single or multiple passes Maximum pass thickness (in.) .5 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes WeldOfce WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WPS00020 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. ` Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7024 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 12/17/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section VIII Div. 1 TECHNIQUE (QW-410) Peening Surface preparation Initial/interpass cleaning Back gouging method NOTES 175 (`F) for thickness over 1 (in) and specified ma)dmum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. Not used Brushing and Grinding Brushing and Grinding None 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. Preheat may be used for the removal of moisture. 3. This procedure shall be used for fillet and lap welds only. 4. A stringer bead technique shall be used for all positions. 5. * The output voltage is determined by the slope characteristic of the selected power source. Voltage adjustment is not required in this application. Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 `r Date 12/17/2003 WeklOffice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C•spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00020 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 7, Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7024 Revision 0 PQR record number PQR9 SMAW E7024 Date 06/1411995 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate A-573 (58) S1 S1 .375 Welded to: Plate A-573 (58) S1 S1 .375 and tested: Without PWHT, Fillet -weld test Notes old pqr E7024 JOINTS (OW-402) Joint design Fillet weld WELDING PROCESSES Welding process SMAW Type Manual FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification 5.1 AWS classification E7024 Filler metal F-number 1 Weld metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition N/A Filler metal trade name Jet rod Filler metal size (in.) 3/16 Deposited thickness On.) .375 Maximum pass thickness (in.) .25 Weld deposit chemistry N/A POSITION (OW-405) Position of groove 2F Weld progression PREHEAT (QW405) F at temperature (°Fl 60 mum interpass temperature (° 1 300 ELECTRICAL (QW-409) Filler metal size (in.) 3/16 Amperes 280 volts 25 Travel speed (in./nin) 11 Maximum heat input (Wlin.) 38.1818 Current/polarity DCEN TECHNIQUE (OW-410) String or weave Stringer Multi/Single pass per side Single and Multiple passes Peening Not used Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None Weko ice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. Atl rights reserved wodOwide. Catalog n' PQR00018 Pape 1 of 2 mn� T. Bailey Inc. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS record number PQR9 SMAW E7024 Date 06/14/1995 TENSILE TESTS (QW-150) Specimen number Comments GUIDED BEND TESTS (OW-1601 Width Thickness on.) I (in.) Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7024 Revision 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX Reduced section Area Ultimate total load Ultimate unit stress Type of failure and On) I I m,1) location Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Comments FILLET WELD TESTS (OW-180) Type of test 4 fillet weld macro tests per QW-181 1 and QW-462.4(d) CERTIFICATION Acceptance criteria Result QW-183 Acceptable Fillet leg size (n.) x (in.) see - ASME IX - QW451.3 Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Dwight Company, Inc 115-95 Lehmann, Darrell L 519661826 DLL Test file number Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 ', y Date 12/17/2003 WeldOlfice WPS 2006.12.048 (c) Copyright 2007 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00018 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. „ o 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com 1 Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX WPS record number Date 12/18/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 EGW EG72T-1 01 - Rev 0 Reference docs. old pqr EG72T-1 (01) and Lincoln Weld Procedure Book NP-CG-B Scope EGW P1 to P1 material, EG72T-1 as welded, with impacts @ +15°F Groove, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: JOINTS section of this WPS, Production drawings BASE METALS (QW403) Type Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S2 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. S2 Backing: None P-no. Grp -no. Retainers Notes Nonfusing metal water cooled in front, nonfusing metal solid in back THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (In) As -welded Min. Max With PWHT Min. Max Complete pen. 0.188 2.25 Impact tested 0.625 2.25 - Partial pen. 0.188 2.25 Fillet welds - - DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max - FILLER METALS (QW-404) THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED iin.) As -welded With PWHT SFA Classification F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name Min. Max. Min. Max EGW 5.26 EG72T-1 6 no min. 2.25 Flux - None - Sup. filler None - WELDING PROCEDURE Welding process EGW Type Machine Minimum preheaUnterpass temperature IT) 300 Filler metal size (in.) .120 Position of groove 3G Weld progression Uphill Current/polarity DCEP Amperes 710-790 Volts 46-49 Travel speed (in.fnin) 4.5-7.0 Maximum heat input (kWfin.) 516.133 Wire feed type Wire feed speed (n./rnin) Shielding: Gas type None Flow rate (cm) C.T. W. D (in.) Multi/Single pass per side Single pass Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg.) Maximum pass thickness (in.) Weld deposit chemistry Notes WelcOffice WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WPS0o028 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section 0( Date 12/18/2003 Company name T. Bailey Inc. JOINTS (QW-402) Typical joint(s). See actual production drawings and engineering specifications for details. „ns Y�D3116 TECHNIQUE (QW-410) Peening Surface preparation Initial/interpass cleaning Back gouging method NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. Joules per inch (J/in) shall be utilized for control of heat input. When impacts are required, the maximum heat input shall not be excel Xin = [Voltage x Amperage x 601 / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] OA Manaaer Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 IL Date 12/18/2003 Weld0frice WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AY rights reserved woric wide. Catalog n" WPS00028 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Date 07/31/1998 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section 0( BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Plate A-573 (70) S1 S2 Welded to Plate A-573 (70) S1 S2 and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts Notes Nonfusing metal water cooled in front, nonfusing metal solid in back Revision 0 Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) 1.125 1.125 Joint design Single-V-groove Retainers Groove angle (deg.) 28 15/16 Root opening (in.) Root face (in.) 5/16~� 0 WELDING PROCESSES Welding process EGW Type Machine FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification 5.26 AWS classification EG72T-1 Filler metal F-number 6 Weld metal A -number Filler metal nominal composition Filler metal trade name Filler metal size (in.) .120 Deposited thickness (In.) 1.125 Maximum pass thickness (in.) Weld deposit chemistry POSITION (QW-405) sition of groove F 3G ld progression Uphill PREHEAT (QW-406) Preheat temperature ("F) 300 Maximum interpass temperature (`F) GAS (QW-408) Shielding gas: Type None Flow rate (cm) ELECTRICAL (QW-409) Filler metal size (in.) .120 Amperes 710-790 Volts 4649 Travel speed (in./min) 4.5-7.0 Maximum heat input (Burin.) 516.133 Currentipolarity DCEP Wire feed type Wire feed speed (indrrin) TECHNIQUE (QW-410) C.T.W.D (in.) Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single electrode Electrode angle (deg.) Multi/Single pass per side Single pass Peening Initial/interpass cleaning WeldOfllce WPS 2008.01.081 (c) Copyright 2008 C•spec Software. Al rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00026 Pagel of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number Date m C TC fn 1_'t.. PQR9 EGW EG72T-1 01 07/31/1998 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Company name T.Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section V Revision 0 RArl"nAd ser:tion Specimen number Width (in.) Thickness (in.) Area (trl Ultimate total load (b) Ultimate unit stress (psi) Type of failure and location T1-A 1.124 .500 0.5620 46393 82500 Ductile -Weld T1-B 1.126 .486 0.5472 44691 81500 Ductile -Weld T2-A 1.123 .539 0.6053 49728 82000 Ductile -Weld T2-B 1.124 .441 0.4957 40772 82500 Ductile -Weld Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per OW-151.1 and QW-462.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (QW-160) Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 4 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW462.2 OW-163 Acceptable see -ASME IX - QW451.1 Comments Tnl If]u WCCC TGCTC /nw_47r11 Specimen number Notch location Notch type Specimen size (in.) x (in.) Test temperature Impact values M b) (% Shear) (Mils) Drop weight break W-1' Weld Metal V-notch +15 42 42 W-2 Weld Metal V-notch +15 39.3 40.5 W-3 Weld Metal V-notch +15 31 34.5 W4` Weld Metal V-notch +15 21 26 W-5 Weld Metal V-notch +15 389 39.5 avg of 3 364 H-6 HAZ V-notch +15 81 62 H-7 HAZ V-notch +15 921 70 H-8' HAZ V-notch +15 1084 80.5 H-9' HAZ V-notch +15 665 53.5 H-10 HAZ V-notch +15 88.2 65.5 avg of 3 87.1 ' discard Comments Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Weld Chemestry ASME All Acceptable Comments Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Dwight Company, Inc 213-98 Morse, Kris D 537764500 KDM Test file number Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc We certify that the statements in this record are correct ana that me test wens were prepareu, wemeu arm te— ul--uauce win me iwu. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 12/18/2003 WeIdOKCe WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00026 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Taylor, M Dean Test date 11/13/2006 ID Number 4455 k WPO record number WPQ DT002 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E7018 3G Rev. .479 Stamp number DT WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate A-36 (UNS K02600) S1 SG1 .479 Welded to Plate A-36 (UNS K02600) S1 SG1 .479 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal St to S1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 AL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overli ness on.) .479 no limit no limit thickness (in.) no limit no limit star 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VAR1eR1 ES Actual values KANbc wuALIriru Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing With With Filler metal specification 51 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1-4 Number of layers deposited 4 Weld deposit thickness (In.) 479 0.958 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate d Pipe -24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate 8 Pipe -24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875* to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Radiographic examination per QW-191 and QW-302.2 QW-191.2 Acceptable see -ASME IX - QW-142/3, QW-304/5 Notes GERTIFIGATIVN rets conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number chanical tests by Caliber Inspecton Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Mananer Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 r �' • !' wc.,-'. «jr. Date 11/20/2006 Wel ice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. At rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000489 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. J� 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com 1 Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name ID Number Date of birth Stamp number Company name Division BASE METALS (QW-403) Taylor, M Dean 4455 Test date WPQ record number Standard test number DT WPS record number T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code 502 11 /27/2006 WPQ DT 003 SMAW E6010 3G WPS9 SMAW E6010 ASME Section IX Rev 313 Rev 0 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Gfl>—. Size SCh. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate A-36 (UNS K02600) S1 SGII .313 Welded to: Plate A36 (UNS K02600) S1 SGII .313 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal S1 to St P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 RASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Ovedav Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness on .313 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness on.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit rKWCDJ VAKIACILrZ Actual values KANUr ytJAur1CV Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 1.3 Number of layers deposited 4 Weld deposit thickness on) 479 0.958 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove- Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875'to 24" F Groove - Pipe c 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875- to 24' F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Down Down TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Radiographic examination per QW-191 and QW-302.2 QW-191.2 Acceptable see -ASME IX - QW-142/3, QW-304/5 Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by Caliber Inspecton Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager V Signature rds CWI03031021 p` +c 5 a^ WeldOfBce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000490 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Taylor, M Dean Test date 11/7/2006 ID Number 4455 WPQ record number WPQ DT005 Date of birth Standard test number SAW-1_61/9802G Rev .63 Stamp number DT WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1_61/980 01 Rev 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Plate Welded to: Plate Joint type Groove VARIABLES Byz_`_Mf�-eld joint tal B ASE METAL THICKNESS Specification (type or grade) SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA-36 (UNS K02600) Actual values Plate - Groove Pt to P1 Groove Fillet P no. Grp -no. Size Sch " Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) .63 - 1 1 .63 RANGE QUALIFIED Groove and Fillet welds (CRO for WPS w/o chem. specked) All base metals Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay - no limit no limit - - no limit no limit - - no limit no limit - RANGE QUALIFIED SAW Machine, Automatic With F, H F, H F, H F, H F, H F, H Plate thickness On.) .63 Pipe/tube thickness (in ) Pipe diameter On.) PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values Welding process SAW Type Machine Backing With Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G Groove - Plate 8 Pipe >24" Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" Groove - Pipe < 2.875" Fillet - Plate 8 Pipe >24" Fillet - Pipe 2.875"to 24" Fillet - Pipe c 2.875" Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161 1 and QW-462.2 QW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION _ Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Cade QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 11/7/2006 *° WeldOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000512 Page 1 of t T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) Welder's name Taylor, M Dean ID Number 4455 Date of birlh Stamp number DT Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (OW-403) Product form Plate Welded to: Plate Joint type Groove VARIABLES Type of weld joint Base metal OACC\ICTAI TIJ'( V.ICCC Test date 10/20/2006 WPQ record number WPQ DT006 Standard test number FCAW E71-T1/CO2 3G Rev 375 WPS record number Qualification code WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 Rev 0 ASME Section IX Specification (type or grade) A-36 (UNS K02600) A36 (UNS K02600) Actual values Plate - Groove S1 to S1 r,rMw Cillaf P no. Grp--. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) S1 SGt .375 S1 SGII .375 RANGE QUALIFIED Groove and Fillet welds (CRO for WPS w/o Chem. specified) P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 r—rav rmvw Filiat Ovarlav Plate thickness (in.) .375 nolimit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit OOMCCC 11ACIA12I CC A""M HAN": U IYLIHtU Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semiautomatic Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 4 Weld deposit thickness (in) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875' to 24' F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875' F,H,V Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 OW-163 (incl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME D(- QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX ofthe ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Date 10/16/2006 WeWO ice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN lights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' WP000514 Page t of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Morse, Kris D ID Number 4500 Date of birth Stamp number KDM Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Plate Welded to: Plate Joint type Groove VARIABLES [Type of weld joint Base metal BASE METAL THICKNESS Test date 10/15/1997 WPQ record number WPQ KDM 004 Standard test number SAW-1-61/7802G Rev. 1.0 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L61(78002 Rev. 0 Qualification code ASME Section IX Specification (type or grade) SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA-36 (UNS K02600) Actual values Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Groove Fillet Overlay P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) - 1 RANGE QUALIFIED Groove and Fillet welds All base metals r:rnrnro Fillet nverlav Plate thickness M.) 1 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) no limit no limit Welding process SAW SAW Type Machine Machine, Automatic Backing With With Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe c 2.875" F,H Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Fillet - Pipe < 2,875' F,H Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Radiographic examination per QW-191 and QW-302.2 QW-191.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 OW-194 Notes Result Comments Acceptable see-ASME IX QW-142/3, QW-304/5 Acceptable see - ASME D(- QW-452.1 (a) CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Darrell L Lehmann Laboratory test number 7125 Mechanical tests by Pack Technical Industries Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 - ,t Date 12/23/2003 WeIdGRce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000012 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Morse, Kris D ID Number 4500 Date of birth Stamp number KDM Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. On.) Dia. 0n-) Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .56 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .56 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 one. I. -I TIJir VMCQQ f_rn...,n [blot r)uarlav r:rnnva Fillet nvartav Plate thickness (in.) .56 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1-41 Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .56 1.12 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G,3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" All Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Darrell L Lehmann Laboratory test number 6564 Mechanical tests by Pacific Technical Industries Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. nA Mananer Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 e Date 12131 /2003 Test date 11/1511996 WPQ record number WPQ KDM 005 Standard test number SMAW E7018 2G,3G,4G Rev. 56 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-02 Rev. 0 :Qualification code ASME Section IX Welt"ce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000108 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. J 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Morse, Kris D Test date 06/01/1998 ID Number 4500 WPQ record number WPQ KDM 006 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Rev. .313 Stamp number KDM WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 j BASE METALS (QW-405) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 313 �Jon ed to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 typeGroove VARIABLES Type of weld joint Base metal BASE METAL THICKNESS Plate thickness Pipe/tube thickness Pipe diameter PROCESS VARIABLES F rocess i Filler metal specification Filler metal classification - Filler metal F-number Number of layers deposited Weld deposit thickness Weld position (Actual position tes Groove - Plate & Pipe Groove - Pipe 2.875" to Groove - Pipe < 2A Fillet - Plate & Pipe: Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to Fillet - Pipe 12.1 Progression TESTS Groove .313 Actual values Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Fillet Actual values SMAW Manual None 5.1 E6010 3 2 .313 3G Down RANGE QUALIFIED Groove and Fillet welds P-no./S-no. 1 lhru 11. 34, 41 thru 47 Groove Fillet no limit no limit no limit no limit 2.875min no limit RANGE QUALIFIED SMAW Manual With, without 5.xx Any 3(1..3 w/backing) 0.626 max F, V F F,H,V F,H,V F,H,V Down Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and QW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Darrell L Lehmann Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. GA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Date 12/31/2003 WeidOtrice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 G-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000164 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Morse, Kris D Test date 07131/1998 ID Number 4500 WPQ record number WPQ KDM 010 Date of birth + Standard test number EGW EG72T-1 01 Rev. 1.125 Stamp number KDM WPS record number WPS9 EGW EG72T-1 01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grl>—. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. On.) Plate A573 (70) S1 S2 1.125 Welded to: Plate A573 (70) S1 S2 1.125 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal S1 to S1 All base metals BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) 1.125 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) _ _ no limit no limit Pipe diameter (n.) no limit no limit Pli? l .FCC VARIARI FS Actual values RAIVIa uuA lmmu Welding process EGW EGW Type Machine Machine, Automatic Backing With With Weld position (Actual position tested) Special Position Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" Groove - Pipe < 2.875" Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Notes L CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number 231-98 Mechanical tests by Dwight Company, Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. nA Mananar Name Signature David Edwards CW103031021 p 4°f Date 01 /05/2004 WeldOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000229 Page 1 of 1 Welder's name Morse, Kris D ID Number 4500 Date of birth Stamp number KDM Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (OW-403) Product farm Plate Welded to: Plate Joint type Groove VARIABLES r e of weld joint se metal T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Test date 11/03/1999 WPQ record number WPQ KDM 012 Standard test number FCAW E71-T1/AR-CO2 3G,4G Rev. .5 WPS record number t ` -ate Qualification code WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/AR-0O2 ASME Section IX Rev. 0 Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 - - .5 - Actual values RANGE QUAURED Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 Plate thickness (in.) .5 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in-) - - - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 1.0 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe -24" F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - - Fillet - Plate & Pipe -24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe c 2,875" All Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Notes_ CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 11/6/03�"; WeldOBice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000278 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name McNeil, William G Test date 04/19/1999 ID Number 1697 WPQ record number WPQ WGM 004 Date of birth Standard test number SAW-1-61/7801G Rev. .75 Stamp number WGM WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-611780 01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (on.) Welded to: Plate Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 75 1 1 .75 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Base metal Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Groove and Fillet welds All base metals BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Filleveday Plate thickness (in.) 75 no lim t no limit Pipe/tube thickness (In.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (n.) no limit no limit —n— cc RAh1GF firm inrn Welding process SAW SAW Type Machine Machine, Automatic Backing With With Weld position (Actual position tested) 1 G Groove - Plate & Pipe >2V F Groove - Pipe 2.875* to 24" F Groove - Pipe c 2.875" F Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per Q W-302.4 QW-163 OW-1 94 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - Q W452.1 (a) Notes GEKIIHGAIIVN Tests conducted by Bradley C Howell Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code, QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 12/29/2003 WeldOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000036 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 7* 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com )j L� Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) Weld Office WPQ Welder's name McNeil, William G Test date 08/1911999 ID Number 1697 WPQ record number WPQ WGM 005 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E71 -T1 /AR-CO2 3G,4G Rev .5 Stamp number WGM WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-TVAR-CO2 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product fontt Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED e of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds se metal F P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34. 41 thru 49 c;ue. n.,e.h,. r;rrv,vn Fillet Overlay Plate thickness 5 no limit no limit Pipelt.be thickness (In.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter CIO 2.875 min no limit Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 1.0 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875' to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (OW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular TFSTS Type of test 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 Notes Acceptance criteria Result Comments QW-163 Acceptable see -ASME IX-QW-452.1 (a) QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the staternents in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. DA Manaaer Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Date 12129/2003 WeWffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. Al rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000069 Page 1 of-1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name McNeil, William G ID Number 1697 Date of birth Stamp number WGM Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Test date 11/15/1999 WPQ record number WPQ WGM 006 Standard test number SMAW E7018 2G,3G,4G Rev. .56 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-02 Rev. 0 Qualification code ASME Section V Product forth Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (tn.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .56 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .56 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 o nee uernr Turrvueec n.......e Pillct nuodav Grruwn Fillet rlvedav Plate thickness tin.) .56 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1..4 Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .56 1.12 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G,3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe 124' All Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875' to 24" All Fillet • Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up =QTC Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW462.2 Visual examination perQW302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME D(- QW452.1 (a) see -ASME IX-QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Darrell L Lehmann Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 �� e Date 12/31 /2003 WeidOlfice WPO 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000107 Pagel of 1 Welder's name McNeil, William G ID Number 1697 Date of birth Stamp number WGM Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Pipe Welded to. Pipe Joint type Groove VARIABLES Type of weld joint Base metal T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Test date 03/11/2001 WPQ record number WPQ WGM 010 Standard test number GMAW/FCAW P1 6G Rev. .280 WPS record number WPS9 GMAW/FCAW P1 Rev. 0 Qualification code ASME Section IX Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) A-53 (Type S, Gr. B) S1 S1 6 40 0.280 6.625 A-53 (Type S, Gr. B) S1 S1 6 40 0.280 6.625 Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Pipe -Groove Groove and Fillet welds S1 to S1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 rlvarlav Plate thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (In.) 0.280 no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 6.625 2.875 min no limit Welding process GMAW FCAW GMAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing None Yes With, without With Filter metal specification 5.18 5.20 5.xx 5.Xx Filler metal classification ER70S-6 E71T-1 Any Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 6 6 Number of layers deposited 1 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) 0.12 .16 0.132 max 0.32 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 6G 6G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" All All Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24"', All All Groove - Pipe < 2.875" Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" All All Progression Down Up Down Up Backing gas Without Without With, without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW 409) Short-circuiting Globular Short circuiting Spray, pulse, globular TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse face bends per QW-161.2, QW-463.2(d) and QW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Note (1) 2 transverse root bends per QW-161.3, QW-463.2(d) and QW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Note (1) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Bradley C Howell Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 , ` • .' y Date 01 /05/2004 WeldOfBce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. Ali rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000225 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com JJ Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Kammer, Eric Test date 1110311999 ID Number 1339v WPQ record number WPQ EK 003 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E71-T1/AR-CO2 3G,4G Rev. .5 Stamp number EK "+ WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-Tt/AR-CO2 Rev. 0 Company name T Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. On.) Dia. On.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 5 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34. 41 thru 49 nACF MFTAI TH!CKNFCC r;rnnve Fillet Ovadav rmove Fillet Ovedav Plate thickness (in.) .5 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2 875 min no limit DOMFCQ VAGIA[il FC Mhm1 valu>a NYN[.F U11A1. IFIFII Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 1.0 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe c 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875'to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular TFKT Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-163 OW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASbE Code. QA Manaaer Name Signature David Edwards CW103031021 ,e x t Date 12/29/2003 WeldOFce WPO 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000064 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. ^� 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Kemmer, Eric Test date 01/18/2001 ID Number 1339 WPQ record number WPQ EK 004 Date of birth +• Standard test number SMAW E7018 3G Rev. .375 Stamp number EK WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E701"'I Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 ( � 4ayy _ BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia- (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 375 Welded to Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate -Groove Groove and �RlleweBase metal P1 to P1P no./S-no. 1 thru �h- Groove47 n..,.d., Filler overlav BASE ME— rnrarnrvwa ,ter - Plate thickness (in.) .375 189-.75 no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - .189-.75 no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filter metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1..4 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate 8 Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate 8 Pipe >24" F, H,V Fillet- Pipe .2.875"to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F, H,V Progression Up Up TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION [Tasts conducted by Mechanical tests by Mike Morse Laboratory test number T Bailey Inc Test file number 7 We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the lest welds were prepared, welled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Cade. CA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 { Date 7µ 1.w�qt 12/31 /2003 WeldOfOce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000119 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com ',� Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Kammer, Eric Test date 01/04/2001 ID Number 1339 WPQ record number WPQ EK 005 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Rev 313 Stamp number EK WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Rev 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section a Division 502 BASE METALS (QW403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no, Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia, fin.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 - - .313 - Welded to: Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Joint type Groove Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Livenay Uroove Flllel Vvertai Plate thickness Pipe/tube thickness Pipe diameter A .1h.l VAIrraA RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing None With, without Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 3(1..3 w/backing) Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .313 0.626 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate 8 Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe - 2.875" - Fillet - Plate A Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875'to 24" F,H,V Fillet- Pipe c 2.875" F,H,V Progression Down Down Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW462.3(a) OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Mike Morse Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the lest wells were prepared. welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. AA Yananer Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 L` n-1 Date 12/31 /2003 WeoOflice WPO 2008.01.099 Catalog n° WP000168 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com J' J' Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Hagestad, Hagen Test date 12/08/2003 ID Number 3276 WPQ record number WPQ HH 007 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E3XX-T1/CO2 3G,4G Rev. .375 Stamp number " HH WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E3XX-T1/CO2 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specffication (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-240 (Type 304) 8 1 .375 Welded to: Plate SA-240 (Type 304) 8 1 .375 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P8 to P8 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness n.) 375 no limit no limit Pipeltube thickness n.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process Type Backing Filler metal specification Filler metal classification Filler metal F-number Number of layers deposited Weld deposit thickness (in.) Weld position (Actual position tested) Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" Groove - Pipe 2.875- to 24" Groove - Pipe < 2.875" Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" Progression Backing gas GMAW transfer mode (QW-409) TESTS Type of test 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 Notes FCAW Semi -automatic With 5.22 E308LT-1 6 3 .375 3G and 4G Up Without Globular FCAW Semiautomatic With 5.xx Any 6 0.75 max F,V,O F All All All Up With, without Spray, pulse, globular stance criteria Result Comments QW-163 Acceptable see -ASME IX-QWA52.1 (a) OW-194 Acceptable see - ASME D(- QWA52.1 (a) CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. GA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 a+ Date 02/24/2004 WeldOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. Al rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000243 Page 1 of 1 7RAW T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) Welder's name Hagestad, Hagen Test date 04/03/2003 ID Number 3276 WPQ record number WPQ HH 003 Date of birth Standard test number SAW-1-61/780 2G Rev. .5 Stamp number HH WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-61/780 02 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 5 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 5 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P1 All base metals BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) 5 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (n,) no limit no limit .er.roee — --I ". h— DAWGF nttaf imrn Welding process SAW SAW Type Machine Machine, Automatic Backing Without With, without Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G Groove - Plate 8 Pipe >24" F,H Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" F,H Fillet -Plate 8 Pipe >24" F,H Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple TFgT Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per OW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 OW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see -ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manauer Name Signature David Edwards CWt 03031021 g W'.•zi -_t Date 12/23/2003" Wek!Ofnee WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000016 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. yvNW- 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Hagestad, Hagen ID Number 3276 Date of birth Stamp number HH Company name T. Bailey Inc. Division 502 BASE METALS (QW403) Welded to: Joint type VARIABLES Product form Specification (type or grade) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) Groove Actual values Type of weld joint Base metal Test date 01/18/2001 WPQ record number WPQ HH 004 Standard test number SMAW E7018 3G Rev. .375 WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Rev. 0 Qualification code ASME Section IX P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) 1 1 .375 1 1 .375 RANGE QUALIFIED Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAI THICKNESS r;rnnva Fillet Overlav Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) Pipe/tube thickness n.) Pipe diameter On.) .375 3/16" - 3/4" no limit 3/16" - 3/4" no limit 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1-4 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fiiiel- Plate & Pipe>24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and OW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME V - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Mechanical tests by Bradley C Howell T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 }t< Date 12/31/2003 WeldOfBce WPQ. 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. Ali rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° wPQoo118 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Hagestad, Hagen Welder's name Test date 01118/2001 ID Number 3276 WPQ record number WPQ HH 008 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Stamp number HH WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section D( Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Rev. .313 Rev. 0 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Welded to: Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE OUALIMPO r e of weld joint Plate -Groove Groove and Fillet welds e metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Oveday Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) 313 .156'-.625" no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) .156" -.625" no limit Pipe diameter (n.) 2.875 min no limit PRrN`FCC VARIARI FC Art..l ..I.— RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing None With, without Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 3(1..3 w/backing) Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .313 0.626 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe -24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe -24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Down Down Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME D( - QW 452.1 (a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME D(- QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 OW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Mike Morse Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements In this record are corned and that the test welds were prepared, welled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CA Manaaer Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 " Date 12/31/2003� Wel101Bce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. Al rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000166 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com 1 Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Feely, Curt Test date 919/03 ID Number 3845 WPQ record number WPQ CF 002 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E7018 2F Rev .375 Stamp number CF WPS record number WPS SMAW E7018 01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) �Jom ed to Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) typeFillet P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. 1 1 1 1 - - Thick_ (In.) Dia- On.) 375 375 VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED r e of weld joint Plate - Fillet Filletwelds e metal P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 au..a n.....h r_rm.n Fillc} rlwrlav Plate thickness (in.) .375 no limit Pipe/tube thickness (m.) no limit Pipe diameter fa) 2.875 min Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.)o( Filler metal classification E7024 Any Filler metal F-number 1 1 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 no limit Weld position (Actual position tested) 2F Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F, H Fillet - Pipe < 2,875" - Progression Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Fillet weld macro test per QW-181.2 and QW-462.4(b) QW-184 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.5 Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Mechanical tests by OA Man. — Mike Morse Laboratory test number T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, waded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. Also user -definable Name Signature Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 + r { 0 , Date Date 3/1012008 cs...,af— z Sianature 4 Name ` Signature Name Signature Date Date WeldOfrice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000521 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. ' , D-, , 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com J Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Feely, Curt Test date 6/29/2007 ID Number 3845 WPQ record number WPQ CF 003 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E71-T1/CO2 3G Stamp number CF WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/CO2 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section D( Division 502 BASE METALS (QW403) Rev 565 Rev 0 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. On.) Plate A-131 (B) 1 565 Welded to: Plate A-131 (B) 1 .565 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 .... a -.1. 1oee n...-- culur rl 'l_ r_ Fillet 0- 1- Plate thickness (in.) .565 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 4 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .565 no limit Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe - 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe c 2.875" F,H,V Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (OW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular _Qe Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per QW-302.4 Radiographic examination per QW-191 and QW-302.2 OW-194 QW-191.2 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME V - OW-452.1 (a) see -ASME IX - QW-142/3, OW304/5 Notes (ohK I IFIUA I IUN Tests conducted by Craig Stewart Laboratory test number 116868 Mechanical tests by Caliber Inspecton Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared. welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. AA Mananar Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 r Date 61712007 WebOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' WP000522 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 14 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com 1 Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Ajeto, Caesar G Test date 10/4/2004 ID Number 2506 WPQ record number WPQ CGA 005 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E71-T1/AR-CO2 3G,4G Rev. .5 Stamp number CGA d w WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/AR-CO2 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp. -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Welded to: Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P17 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 Plate thickness On.) .5 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter n.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5-20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 1.0 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up UP Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME V - QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by FTB ileyInc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by iley Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test weldswere prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 ` _ � Date ` • �. 10/5/2004 WeldOffice WP02008.01.099 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Pagel of 1 Catalog n" WP000506 ' T. Bailey Inc. 7 1A 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Ajeto, Caesar G Test date 10/4/2004 ID Number 2506 WPQ record number WPQ CGA 006 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E7018 2G,3G,4G Rev. .375 Stamp number CGA WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in) Dia (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 e Aee uerar r Hr w ce r_......,e Fillet Ovedev Groove Filler rlwerlav Plate thickness (in) .375 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - no limit no limit Pipe diameter tin.) 2.875 min no limit 00r Pcc veereRI Fc A -Msfl .awes H NuuuALrfnCu Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5-xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1-4 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G,3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" All Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F, H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875' All Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-062.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 OW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME D(- QW-052.1 (a) see - ASME D(- QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CW103031021 ,e ` ,•-t `.`-..►+� *�"f Date 10/5/2004 WeldOfce, WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' WP000507 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 7 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WelclOffice WPQ Test date 10/4/2004 Welder's name Ajeto, Caesar G ID Number 2506 WPQ record number WPQ CGA 007 Date of birth $ Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Rev. .313 Stamp number CGA WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section D( Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch Thick. (in.) Dia (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED weld joint Plate -Groove Groove and Fillet welds etal L P1 to P1 P no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 _.-- - c:ue n„ed� r:mn.m Fillat l7vwrlav thickness n.) .313 no limit no limit LPlgt.e lube thickess (in.) - no limit no limit diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing None With, without Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 3(1..3 w/backing) Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .313 0.626 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875' - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Down Down Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW-462.3(a) OW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc OA Manaaer Laboratory test number Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section tX of the ASME Code. Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 �Jy: Date 10/5/2004 WeidOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000508 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Morse, Pat Test date 04/19/2002 ID Number 2927 WPQ record number WPQ PM 007 Date of birth (r Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Rev. .313 Stamp number PM ( WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (OW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Welded to: Plate Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 1 1 .313 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Base metal Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Groove and Fillet welds P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34,41 thru 47 one=— i >•urrvueec r.ti, aldet rlvedav Groove Fillet Overlav Plate thickness (in.) .313 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing None With, without Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 3(1..3 w/backing) Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .313 0.626 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875'to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe c 2.875' F,H,V Progression Down Down TESTS Type of test 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and OW-462.3(a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW-462.3(a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 Notes Acceptance criteria I Result Comments QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME V - QW452.1 (a) QW-194 Acceptable see -ASME IX-QW452.1 (a) Tests conducted by Mike Morse Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. DO Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 ,+ _ n' Date 12/3112003 WeldOftice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000170 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Jb 1 Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeidOffice WPQ i Welder's name Morse, Pat Test date 10/01/2000 ID Number 2927 j WPQ record number WPQ PM 006 Date of birth d Standard test number SMAW E7018 2G,3G,4G Rev. .375 Stamp number PM WPS record number a WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia, (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) .375 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness pn.) no Iimit no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit e .at st,se RANrF nuns IFIFn Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1 .4 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G,3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" All Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per OW-302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QWA52.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION E onducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number ical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 a'o Date 12/31/2003 WeWOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000142 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. ' 7:F" , A 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com JJ Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Morse, Pat Test date 10/01/2000 ID Number 2927 WPQ record number WPQ PM 005 Date of birth Standard test number FCAW E71-TVAR-CO2 3G,4G Rev. .5 Stamp number PM WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/AR-CO2 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW 103) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Die. (in.) Welded to: Plate Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 - - .5 1 1 .5 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Base metal Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Groove and Fillet welds P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) .5 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) - - - no limit no limit - Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness tln.) .5 1.0 max Weld position (Actual position tester) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe c 2.875" All Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW462.2 Visual examination per OW-302.4 OW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION r conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number hanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested ld accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 t ' Date 12/29/2003 WeldORce WPQ 2008-01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n" WP000072 Pagel of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com J t Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welders name Morse, Pat Test date 04119/2002 ID Number 2927 WPQ record number WPQ PM 004 Date of birth Standard test number SAW-161/780 2G Stamp number PM WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L61/780 02 Company name D' T. Bailey Ina 502 Qualification code ASME Section V vson BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 Welded to: Plate SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Base metal P1 to P1 Rev. .450 Rev. 0 Sch Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) .450 450 RANGE QUALIFIED Groove and Fillet welds All base metals Fillet nverlav Plate thickness (in.) 450 .9 no limit Pipe/tube thickness (in.) .9 no limit Pipe diameter (in.) 2.875 min no limit Welding process SAW SAW Type Machine Machine, Automatic Backing With With Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" F,H Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Fillet - Pipe < 2,875' F,H Direct/remote visual control Direct Direct Automatic joint tracking Without With, without Single or multiple pass per side Multiple Single, multiple TESTS Type of test Radiographic examination per QW-191 and QW302.2 Visual examination per QW302.4 Acceptance criteria Result QW-191.2 Acceptable QW-194 Acceptable Comments see -ASME IX - QW-142/3, OW-304/5 see -ASME IX-QW-452.1 (a) CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number 108658 Mechanical tests by Caliber Inspection Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CIA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 e r Date 12/23/2003 WeidOfhce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000008 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com J Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Hoyt, Jim Test date 02/04/2002 ID Number 0420 WPQ record number WPQ JH 004 Dale of birth Standard test number FCAW E71-T7/AR-CO2 3G,4G Rev. .5 Stamp number JH ° WPS record number WPS9 FCAW E71-T1/AR-0O2 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section 0( Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (In.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .5 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 - - .5 Joint type I Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate - Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to Pt P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 49 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (n.) 5 no limit no limit Pipeltube thickness pn.) no limit no limit Pipe diameter (n.) 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process FCAW FCAW Type Semi -automatic Semi -automatic Backing With With Filler metal specification 5.20 5.xx Filler metal classification E71T-1 Any Filler metal F-number 6 6 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .5 no limit Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G and 4G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24' F,V,O Groove - Pipe 2.875' to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24' All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" All Progression Up Up Backing gas Without With, without GMAW transfer mode (QW-409) Globular Spray, pulse, globular TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) see - ASME D( - QW-452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by T Bailey Inc Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared. welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section Ix of the ASME Code. QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 Date 12/29/2003 F WeldOf ce WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000062 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Hoyt, Jim Test date 02/06/2002 ID Number 0420 WPQ record number WPQ JH 005 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E7018 2G,3G,4G Rev. .375 Stamp number JIH WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E7018-01 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW-403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Welded to, Plate Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) SA36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .375 1 1 .375 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Base metal Plate - Groove P1 to P1 Groove and Fillet welds P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Overlay Groove Fillet Overlay Plate thickness (in.) Pipe/tube thickness (in.) Pipe diameter (in.) .375 no limit no limit no limit no limit 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process SMAW SMAW Type - - Manual Manual Backing Yes With Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filter metal classification E7018 Any Filler metal F-number 4 1..4 Number of layers deposited 3 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .375 0.75 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 2G,3G and 4G Groove - Plate 8 Pipe >24' All Groove -Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate 8 Pipe >24" All Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" All Fillet - Pipe a 2.875" All Progression Up Up Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 2 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and QW-462.2 Visual examination per QW302.4 QW-163 QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW-452.1 (a) see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Bradley C Howell Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared, welled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. QA Manager N am a Signature David Edwards CWI03031021 Ati Date �rr31. 1 12/31 /2003 WeldOfce WPQ 2008.01.090 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n' WP000136 Page 1 of 1 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ) WeldOffice WPQ Welder's name Hoyt, Jim Test date 01/16/2003 ID Number 0420 WPQ record number WPQ JH 006 Date of birth Standard test number SMAW E6010 3G Rev. .313 Stamp number JH WPS record number WPS9 SMAW E6010 Rev. 0 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Qualification code ASME Section IX Division 502 BASE METALS (QW403) Product form Specification (type or grade) P no Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Welded to: Plate SA-36 (UNS K02600) 1 1 .313 Joint type Groove VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Type of weld joint Plate -Groove Groove and Fillet welds Base metal P1 to P1 P-no./S-no. 1 thru 11, 34, 41 thru 47 BASE METAL THICKNESS Groove Fillet Ovedav Groove Fillet Ovedav Plate thickness pn) 313 no limit no limit Pipe/tube thickness (hJ no limit no limit Pipe diameter 2.875 min no limit PROCESS VARIABLES Actual values RANGE QUALIFIED Welding process SMAW SMAW Type Manual Manual Backing None With, without Filler metal specification 5.1 5.xx Filler metal classification E6010 Any Filler metal F-number 3 3(1..3 w/backing) Number of layers deposited 2 Weld deposit thickness (in.) .313 0.626 max Weld position (Actual position tested) 3G Groove - Plate & Pipe >24" F,V Groove - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F Groove - Pipe < 2.875" - Fillet - Plate & Pipe >24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe 2.875" to 24" F,H,V Fillet - Pipe < 2.875" F,H,V Progression Down Down TFKT\ Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 1 transverse face bend per QW-161.2 and QW-462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) 1 transverse root bend per QW-161.3 and QW462.3(a) QW-163 Acceptable see - ASME D( - QW452.1 (a) Visual examination per QW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see - ASME IX - QW452.1 (a) Notes CERTIFICATION Tests conducted by Rob Wardlaw Laboratory test number Mechanical tests by T Bailey Inc Test file number We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test wells were prepared. welled and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CIA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 03031021 t e Date 12/31/2003 Wel lOffice WPQ 2008.01.099 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AA rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WP000167 Page 1 of 1 D o - j..Y D Submittal #08.5 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #.- WTR-27-3214 13.1 Revised Reservoir Shop Drawings Sheets I & 63 only — interior painter's rail General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By Date 06/23108 GENERAL NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. DESIGN & FABRICATION PER AWWA D100-05, SECTION 14 DESIGN METAL TEMP = 20' F 2. WELD SIZES TO BE OF EQUAL THICKNESS OF THE THINNER MEMBER BEING JOINED 3. MATERIAL LIST PLATE A36 SHELL PLATE A36,A573-70,A137B \%� ROOF PLATE A36 BOTTOM PLATE A36 STRUCTURAL A36 PIPE A53B FITTINGS A234 BOLTS A307 PLATED GASKETS R.R. 4.PAINT PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION APPROVED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTA 5.ALL BOLT HOLES IN FLANGES SHALL STRADDLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CENTERLINES 6.ALL SHELL NOZZLES HORIZONTAL CENTERLINE ELEVATIONS ARE MEASURE FROM THE BOTTOM OUTSIDE OF TANK SHELL L 2'-0' ROOF VENT 3/16' ROOF PLATE AS L D r - J oa i = W 0 BOTTOM PLATE (INSIDE DIAMETER) ELEVATION VIEW DRAWING LIST DRAWING CONTENTS SHEEd REV DRAWING CONTENTS ELEVATION & NOTES 36 1 12'0 INLET PLAN & APPS 40 1 EXTERIOR LADDER SHELL ROLLOUT 41 1 LADDER GUARD ANNULAR RING LAYOUT 42 0 LADDER PLATFORM BOTTOM LAYOUT 43 0 LADDER PLATFORM DETAILS BOTTOM SKETCHES 44 3 SPIRAL STAIR ROOF PLATE LAYOUT 4S I ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW ROOF SKETCHES 46 2 UPPER ROOF PLATFORM ROOF SKETCHES 47 2 ROOF STAIRWAY ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS 48 1 ROOF PLATFORM ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 49 4 ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS RIM & CHINE DETAILS 50 2 LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY RINGWALL FOUNDATION 51 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE 52 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 36'0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 53 1 MID LANDING PLATFORM 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 54 3 INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 12'0 OVERFLOW 55 0 INTERIOR LADDER 12'0 OVERFLOW DETAILS 56 1 ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 57 1 ROOF HANDRAIL 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 58 1 ICABLE TRAY 12'0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 59 1 ICABLE TRAY DETAILS 5'-0.0 SUMP 60 1 ISAMPLE LINES 61 1 SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 62 1 ITEMP. CENTER COLUMN 63 1 1 IINTERIOR PAINTER'S RAIL T® CERT:FIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW R➢ a ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893-ABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCAa N.T.S. v 200 INA. DIE-7+wnorco en --: 10/17107 1CnE"CD en A... 878.00.01 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 801.0"0X 115'-0" AWWA ELEVATION VIEW DRAWING LIST DRAWING CONTENTS SHEEd REV DRAWING CONTENTS ELEVATION & NOTES 36 1 12'0 INLET PLAN & APPS 40 1 EXTERIOR LADDER SHELL ROLLOUT 41 1 LADDER GUARD ANNULAR RING LAYOUT 42 0 LADDER PLATFORM BOTTOM LAYOUT 43 0 LADDER PLATFORM DETAILS BOTTOM SKETCHES 44 3 SPIRAL STAIR ROOF PLATE LAYOUT 4S I ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW ROOF SKETCHES 46 2 UPPER ROOF PLATFORM ROOF SKETCHES 47 2 ROOF STAIRWAY ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS 48 1 ROOF PLATFORM ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 49 4 ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS RIM & CHINE DETAILS 50 2 LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY RINGWALL FOUNDATION 51 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 36'0 SHELL MANHOLE 52 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 36'0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 53 1 MID LANDING PLATFORM 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 54 3 INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 12'0 OVERFLOW 55 0 INTERIOR LADDER 12'0 OVERFLOW DETAILS 56 1 ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 57 1 ROOF HANDRAIL 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 58 1 ICABLE TRAY 12'0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 59 1 ICABLE TRAY DETAILS 5'-0.0 SUMP 60 1 ISAMPLE LINES 61 1 SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 62 1 ITEMP. CENTER COLUMN 63 1 1 IINTERIOR PAINTER'S RAIL T® CERT:FIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW R➢ a ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893-ABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCAa N.T.S. v 200 INA. DIE-7+wnorco en --: 10/17107 1CnE"CD en A... 878.00.01 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 801.0"0X 115'-0" AWWA NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EOUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. ARC DIMENSIONS ARE ON INSIDE EDGE OF PC (b) TO NEAREST EDGE OF PC (a) 13'-5 3/8" ARC DIM ��- 9'-7 1 /4" ARC DIM- 5-9 1�g" ARC DIM-- -.' 1._1D 15/16"r ARC DIM ILL OF MATERIALS MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS MA' s INTERIOR PAINTERS RAIL PL 3/8 X 0'-7" X C-10" TEMP I D F8 3/8 X 4 X IS'-4 1/2" RDIR I ` 4'-0" IS THE MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN GUSSETS ' TYP SL (b) INSIDE SHELL M Q o: SOA %INTERIOR PAINTERS RAIL 1 ROOF °f N PLATE (16) REO'D ? RIM n' ANGLE I " i 10., r c L �10" --{ N �I- 1 TO N23CB ADDED PACE REV. BT DATE DESCRIPTION /a1 R MSIONS /�(b) YP. ® CERTIFIED INSIDE IT SHELL r 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD "ANACORTES WA 98221 D TAI S PH. 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR A VIEW 0 WWW.TB,TBAILE Y.COM c(a (64) REO'D scaE. N.T.S. Ps: 20 ORAxN ar:TB AIwRaWO er: DATE: 6/23/08 1 CHECKED Br: 1 WIAWNO NO. 878-00-63 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-0"0X115.0" AWWA TITLE: INTERIOR PAINTER'S RAIL SHEET : 63 60 �)Ob U',� } CITY OF 1RENTON TRACKING NO. 8_5 T i r'"'3iiiitia1. of v1hop i ��Ir—C-1 wig or .13u1,m1;t-IaI For. Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.. REN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Reservoir Shop Drawings - Interior Painters Rail Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): 13.1 ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. 5 ❑ This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ❑ 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Contractor Comments: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Deviations Specifically Noted: 6/25/2008 11:10 AM Drawings.doc J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submitta1008.5 - Reservoir Shop Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 6/23/08 Engineer's Comments: Date Returned to Contractor: 6/25/08 ® Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Drawings.doc RH2 ENGINEERING. INC. Date: 6/25/08 By: Karen Kornher, P.E. Submittal #08.5 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #: WTR-27-3214 13.1 Revised Reservoir Shop Drawings Sheets 9 & 63 only — interior painter's rail General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By Date 06/23/08 GENERAL NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. DESIGN & FABRICATION PER AWWA D100-05, SECTION 14 DESIGN METAL TEMP = 20° F 2. WELD SIZES TO BE OF EQUAL THICKNESS OF THE THINNER MEMBER BEING JOINED 3. MATERIAL LIST PLATE A36 SHELL PLATE A36,A573-70,A131B 17 ROOF PLATE A36 BOTTOM PLATE A36 STRUCTURAL A36 PIPE A53B FITTINGS A234 BOLTS A307 PLATED GASKETS R.R. 4. PAINT PER CUSTOMER SPECIFICATION A APPROVED UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTA 5.ALL BOLT HOLES IN FLANGES SHALL STRADDLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CENTERLINES 6,ALL SHELL NOZZLES HORIZONTAL CENTERLINE ELEVATIONS ARE MEASURE FROM THE BOTTOM OUTSIDE OF TANK SHELL 2,-0„ mnnr \ irkiT . 6 " IF PLATE L S D J O -I I Q In w a 1/4' BOTTOM PLATE 80'-0' (INSIDE DIAMETER) '111� ELEVATION VIEW DRAWING LIST HEET REV I DRAWING CONTENTS SHEET REV DRAWING CONTENTS 1 11 ELEVATION & NOTES 36 1 12'0 INLET 2 3 PLAN & APPS 40 1 EXTERIOR LADDER 3 3 SHELL ROLLOUT 41 1 LADDER GUARD 4 2 ANNULAR RING LAYOUT 42 0 LADDER PLATFORM 5 1 BOTTOM LAYOUT 43 0 LADDER PLATFORM DETAILS 6 1 BOTTOM SKETCHES 44 3 SPIRAL STAIR 7 1 ROOF PLATE LAYOUT 45 1 ROOF PLATFORM PLAN VIEW 8 1 ROOF SKETCHES 46 2 UPPER ROOF PLATFORM 9 1 ROOF SKETCHES 47 2 ROOF STAIRWAY 15 3 ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS 48 1 ROOF PLATFORM 16 2 ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT 49 4 ROOF PLATFORM DETAILS 17 1 RIM & CHINE DETAILS 50 2 LOWER ROOF STAIRWAY 18 0 1 RINGWALL FOUNDATION 51 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 20 3 36-0 SHELL MANHOLE 52 1 UPPER STAIR PLATFORM 21 0 36.0 ROOF ACCESS HATCH 53 1 MID LANDING PLATFORM 22 1 2'-0'0 ROOF VENT 54 3 INTERIOR LADDER PLATFORM 30 1 12.0 OVERFLOW 55 0 INTERIOR LADDER 31 0 12'0 OVERFLOW DETAILS 56 1 ROOF HANDRAIL DETAILS 32 2 12'0 INLET UNDERGROUND 57 1 ROOF HANDRAIL 33 2 16'0 OUTLET UNDERGROUND 58 1 CABLE TRAY 34 0 12.0 DRAIN UNDERGROUND 59 1 CABLE TRAY DETAILS 35 0 5'-0'0 SUMP 60 1 SAMPLE LINES 61 1 SAMPLE LINE ENCLOSURE 62 1 TEMP. CENTER COLUMN 63 1 INTERIOR PAINTER'S RAIL 4 1 TB 1 2/13/08 1 REV'D SHTS: 1, 44, 47, 49, 50, 53 & 54 3 1 TB 1/31/08 1 REV'D SHTS: 1, 2, 32, & 33 2 ITS 1/2V08 I REV'D SHTS: 1-4, 15, 16, 20, 32-33, 45-47, 49-52, 56. 58-59 IREV. IBY IDATE I DESCRIPTION I FRACTIONS: t 1/8' DEGREES: 32' DECIMAL: .X t.06" .XX t.03 .XXX t.010" ® ® CERTIFIED , D mliff'r 12441 BARTHOL❑MEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 it PH. 360 293 0682-FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM scALE: N.T.S. PsF: 200 DRAWN BY: KM APPROVED BY: DATE: 10/17/07 CHECKED BY. DRAWING NO: 878-00-01 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 80'-O"O X 115-0" AWWA 1, 7-9 1,49&54 ITLE; ELEVATION & NOTES SHEET a:01 NOTES: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1. WELD SIZES SHALL EQUAL THICKNESS OF THINNER MEMBER JOINED. 2. SEE SHEET #1 FOR GENERAL NOTES 3. SEE SHEET #1 FOR COATING 4. ARC DIMENSIONS ARE ON INSIDE EDGE OF PC (b) TO NEAREST EDGE OF PC (a) T1 g'-7 1 /4" ARC DIM 1 /8„ ARC DIM 1'-10 15/16" ARC DIM nnnr- SHELL A VIEW (b) 13'-5 3/8" ARC DIM 0 3'-9 7/8" TYP INSIDE SHELL SrINTERIOR PAINTERS RAIL (16) REQ'D C,DDETAILS (64) REQ'D N BILL O F MATERIALS #TO SHIP #OF ASSY DESCRIPTION REMARKS MATERIAL WEIGHT SHIP MARK PCS MARK U.S. Lbs 16 63A INTERIOR PAINTERS RAIL 64 a PL 3/8 X 0'-7" X 0'-10" TEMP A36 3121 16 b FB 3/8 X 4 X 15-4 1/2" ROLL A36 1225 * 4'-0" IS THE MAX DISTANCE BETWEEN GUSSETS P. TYP SL 50A 1 I TB 1 6123/09 IADDEDPAGE REV. BY I OATE DESCRIPTION REVISIONS TO RAN N O7H RWIS NO D: FRACTIONS: t 1/8" DEGREES: t2' DECIMAL: .X t.06" X. 1.03 .%XX t.010' ® ® CERTIFIED 12441 BARTHOLOMEW RD ANACORTES WA 98221 PH. 360 293 0682—FAX 360 293 3893 FABRICATOR WWW.TBAILEY.COM SCALE: N.T.S. PSF: 20 1 DRAWN BY: TB APPROVED BY: DATE: 6/23/08 ICHECKED BY: DRAWANG NO: 878-00-63 CUSTOMER: CITY OF RENTON, HAZEN RESERVOIR 8O'-0" 0 X 115'-O" AWWA TITLE: INTERIOR PAINTER'S RAIL SHEET: 6� cc A CITY OF RENTON TRACKING NO. 16.1 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.: REN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Welding Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): 13.1B ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. 1 ® This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ® 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Contractor Comments: Deviations SpecificallyNoted: 5/29/2008 9:05 AM J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submitta1016.1 - Welding.doc Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 5/23/08 Engineer's Comments: Date Returned to Contractor: 5/29/08 ® Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date: 5/29/08 By: Jon Conner 5/29/2008 9:05 AM J:AData\RFN\ 105-Ik49\SDC\Subm ttals\Submittal 016.1 - Welding.cloc flT Submittal #16.1 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #: WTR-27-3214 13.1 B Additional Welding Procedures and Qualifications General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. •f ' Date 05/23/08 T BAILEY, INC. By .__'} T. Bailey Inc. T+ i 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1_50/980 02 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section V Date 5/23/2008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SAW-L50/980 02 - Rev 0 Reference docs. Scope SAW-L50/980-Tandem, P1 G2 to P1 G1 material, as welded, with impacts @ +10°F Groove, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: JOINTS section of this WPS, Production drawings BASE METALS (QW-403) Type Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. SG2 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. SG1 Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. Retainers None Notes FILLER METALS (QW-404) SAW Flux Sup. filler Flux type Fluxfrom recrush. slag WELDING PROCEDURE SFA Classification 5.17 EM13K 5.17 F7A2 Neutral flux No THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded Min. Max. With PWHT Min. Max Complete pen. 0.063 0.75 Impact tested 0.375 0.75 Partial pen. 0.063 0.75 Filletwelds - - DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded Min. Max With PWHT Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. - F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name 6 1 Lincoln L-50 Lincoln 980 THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max no min. 0.624 - - Required - None - Welding process SAW Type Machine Minimum preheat/interpass temperature (T) 50 Maximum interpass temperature (T) 300 Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Layer number All Position of groove 2G Current/polarity DCEP, AC Amperes 410 - 525 Volts 29 - 32.5 Travel speed (in./min) 16 - 35 Maximum heat input (Uin.) 63 Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in.lrrin) 0 String or weave Stringer C.T. W. D (in.) 1 Multi/Single pass per side Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single layer Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single and multiple electrodes Electrode angle (deg.) 10 Maximum pass thickness (in.) 0.312 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes Wekloflice WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AX rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00082 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. TFAW12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WBIdOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-50/980 02 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 5/23/2008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. JOINTS (QW-402) Typical joint(s). See actual production drawings and engineering specifications for details. PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section Vill Div. 1 175 (°F) for thickness over 1 (in) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (OW-410) Supplementary MF control None Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. For horizontal groove welds, this procedure can be run with a single electrode on each side of the joint simultaneousl 3. No single pass shall exceed 1/2" in thickness 4. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 5. For Tandem Arcs, calculate heat input for each wire and add them together. 6. Heat Input: Xin = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [TravelSpeed (in/min)] GA Manaaer Name Signature David Edwards CWI 0303102 Date 5/13/2008 WeldOlfice WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00082 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SAW-1-50/980 02 Date 5/23/2008 BASE METALS (QW-403) Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L50/980 02 Corrpeny name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX Revision 0 Product form Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Die. (in.) Plate A-516 (70) S1 Si- - .375 - Welded to: Plate X36 (INJS K02600) S1 SW - - .375 - and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts, With hardness Notes JOINTS rOW.4021 Joint design Backing: Single -bevel -groove Yes: base metal Retainers None Groove angle (deg.) 45 45• Root opening (in.) 0 1 2 Root face (in.) .125 WELDING PROCESSES [Weli process pe FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification AWS classifcation Filler metal F-number Weld metal A -number Filler metal nominal composition Filler metal trade name Filler metal size Deposited thickness Maximum pass thickness Weld deposit chemistry Flux AWS specification Flux AWS classification Flux nominal composition FNix trade name Flux type Fhix from recrushed slag Supplemental filler metal Supplemental filler metal vol. POSITION (QW405) Position of groove Wald progression PREHEAT (QW 406) FP,.eheat temperature ximum interpass temperature SAW — — — Machine 5.17 EM13K 6 1 WA Lincoln L-50 (in.) .125 (1/8) (in.) 0.312 (in.) 0.312 WA 5.17 F7A2 WA Lincoln 980 Neutral flux No no (ft') 0 (°Fl (°F) 2G 150 200 ELECTRICAL i Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Amperes 410 - 625 Volts 29 - 32.5 Travel speed (in./min) 16 - 35 Maximum heat input (Utin.) 63 Current/polarity DCEP, AC Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./mi 0 TECHNIQUE (QW-410) String or weave Stringer C.T.W.D (In.) 1 Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single and multiple electrodes Electrode spacing - longitudinal (in.) .76 Electrode spacing - lateral (in.) 0 Electrode angle (deg.) 10 Multi/Single pass per side Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single layer Peening Not used Indial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None WeldOffice WPS 2008.01.061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved woridwide. Catalog n° PQR00070 Pagel of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS PQR record number PQR9 SAW-1-50/980 02 Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-50/980 02 Revision 0 Date 5/23/2008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX TENSILE TESTS (QW450) Reduced section Specimen number Width (in.) Thickness (in.) Area (i111) Ultimate total bad (b) Ultimate unit stress (psi) Type of failure and location 1 .744 .303 0.2254 18130 80500 Ductile -BM 2 .748 .310 0.2319 18350 79000 Ducti"M Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per QW-151.1 and QW-462.1(a) GUIDED BEND TESTS (QW-160) Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 4 transverse side bends per QW-161.1 and OW-462.2 OW-163 Oni ORO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-451.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS Specimen number num Notch location Notch type Specimen size (in.) x (in.) Test temperature ff) Impact values (8 lb) (% Shear) (Mils) Drop weight break 1 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +5 55 2 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +5 29 3 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +5 45 4 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +5 23 5 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +5 56 6 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 67 7 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 54 8 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 71 9 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 50 10 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 82 11 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 72 12 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 72 13 HAZ 5m V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 54 14 HAZ Sinn V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 64 15 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -15 70 Comments TES1 Type (Scale) Distance from surface A-516 (70) HAZ Weld HAZ A-36 (LADS K02600) Rockwell A (HRA) .06 51.4 51.4 55.4 54 47 Rockwell A (HRA) .18 52.5 52.6 53.6 53.4 49.7 Rockwell A (HRA.) .06 52.8 52.6 55.2 53 49.5 Comments OTHER TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments Visual examination per OW-302.4 macroetch for weld size verification QW-194 Acceptable Acceptable see-ASME IX - OW-452.1 (a) Comments nON Welder's name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Anvil Corporation 8954-8957 Morse, Kris D 4500 KDM Test file number 9PQD00032 Tests conducted by Kris Morse We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. CIA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 0303102'' Date 5/13/2008 W8ldOf0ce WPS 2008.01.081 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00070 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 1Y 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welding Procedure Specification - Page 1 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1_50/980 01 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section V Date 5/23/2008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Supporting PQR(s) PQR9 SAW-L50/980 01 - Rev 0 Reference docs. Scope SAW-L50/980-Tandem, P1 G2 to P1 G1 material, as welded, with impacts @ +10°F Groove, no PWHT (As -welded), impact testing Joint Joint details for this welding procedure specification in: JOINTS section of this WPS, Production drawings BASE METALS (OW-403) Type Carbon steel (131) P-no. S1 Grp -no. SG2 Welded to Carbon steel (P1) P-no. S1 Grp -no. SG1 Backing: Yes: base metal P-no. Grp -no. Retainers None Notes Tandem SAW 3-o'clock P1 G2 to P1 G1 with impacts @+10F FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA Classification SAW 5.17 EM13K Flux Sup. filler 5.17 F7A2 Flux type Flux from recrush. slag Neutral flux No WELDING PROCEDURE THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded Min. Max. With PWHT Min. Max Complete pen. 0.188 1.5 Impact tested 0.625 1.5 Partial pen. 0.188 1.5 Fillet welds - - DIAMETER RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded V Max With PWHT Min. Max Nominal pipe size no min. no max. F-no. A -no. Chemical analysis or Trade name 6 1 Lincoln L-50 Lincoln 980 THICKNESS RANGE QUALIFIED (in.) As -welded With PWHT Min. Max Min. Max no min F 0.825 - - - Required - - None - Welding process SAW Type Machine Minimum preheat/interpass temperature (°Fl 50 Maximum interpass temperature (°D 300 Filler metal size lint .125 (1/8) Layer number All Position of groove 2G Current/polarity DCEP, AC Amperes 410 - 575 volts 30 - 32.5 Travel speed (in./nrn) 11 - 42 Maximum heat input (Uhn.) 100,3636 Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./min) 0 String or weave Stringer C.T. W. D (in.) 1 Multi/Single pass per side Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single layer Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single and multiple electrodes Electrode angle (deg.) 10 Maximum pass thickness (in.) 16 Weld deposit chemistry N/A Notes WeIdORCe WPS 2008.01.061 (c) CopyrigM 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° WPS00081 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Welding Procedure Specification - Page 2 WeldOffice WPS WPS record number WPS9 SAW-1-50/980 01 Revision 0 Qualified to ASME Section IX Date 5/23/2008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. JOINTS (QW-402) Typical joint(s). See actual production drawings and engineering specifications for details. 4S45' U11. 45• ------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ------------- ------- ----------------------- n - -- - - -- - ---------- --------------- ---------------------------- - ------------------------------------------- PREHEAT TABLE Applicable standard ASME Section Vill Div. 1 175 (°F) for thickness over 1 (in) and specified maximum carbon content over 0.30%. 50 (°F) for all other materials. TECHNIQUE (OW-410) Supplementary MF control Peening Not used Surface preparation Brushing and Grinding Initial/interpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None NOTES 1. Base material shall be free of scale, rust, moisture, paint or other injurious material. 2. For horizontal groove welds, this procedure can be run with a single electrode on each side of the joint simultaneously. 3. No single pass shall exceed 1/2" in thickness 4. This procedure is qualified for use with backing 5. For Tandem Arcs, calculate heat input for each wire and add them together. 6. Heat Input: Xin = [Voltage x Amperage x 60] / [fravelSpeed (in/min)] QA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 0303102 e� Date `4` r k 5/13/2008 WeldOlfice WPS 2008.01.081 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worl&Mde. Catalog n° WPS00081 Page 2 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. !� 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Details of Welding Test WeldOffice WPS PGR record number PQR9 SAW-1-50I980 01 Revision 0 WPS record number WP89 SAW-L50I980 01 Date 5232008 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welling standard ASME Section IX BASE METALS (QW403) Revision 0 Product farm Specification (type or grade) P no. Grp -no. Size Sch. Thick. (in.) Dia. (in.) Plate A-518 (70) St SG2 - .75 - Welded to: Plate A•36 (IRJS K02600) S1 SGt - - .76 - and tested: Without PWHT, With impacts, With hardness Notes Tandem SAW 3-o'clock P1 G2 to P1 G1 with Impacts Q+1 OF JOINTS (QW402) Joint design Double-beveFgroove Backing: Yes: base metal Retainers None \ UI-1 Groove angle (deg.) 452 Root opening (in.) .125 4545' 4 Root face (in.).125 r-- 1 3 1 WELDING PROCESSES Welding process SAW Ty e eMachine FILLER METALS (QW-404) SFA specification 5.17 AWS classification EM13K Filler metal F-number 6 Well metal A -number 1 Filler metal nominal composition WA Filler metal trade name Lincoln L-50 Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Deposited thickness (in.) .75 Maximum pass thickness (in.) .375 Wed deposit chemistry WA Flux AWS specification 5.17 Flux AWS classification F7A2 Flux nominal composition WA Fluxtrade name Lincoln 980 Flux type Neutral flux Flux from recrushed slag No Supplemental filer metal no Supplemental filer metal vol. (its 0 POSITION (QW405) Position of groove 2G Web progression - PREHEAT (QW 406) Preheat temperature ('F) 150 Maximum Interpass temperature 200 ELECTRICAL (QW409) Filler metal size (in.) .125 (1/8) Amperes 41 a - $75 Voks 30 - 32.5 Travel speed (inJmin) 11 - 42 Maximum heat input (kJAn.) 100.3636 Current/polarity DCEP, AC Wire feed type Hot wire Wire feed speed (in./min) 0 String or weave Stringer C.T.W.D (in.) 1 Oscillation None Multi/single electrode Single and multiple electrodes Electrode spacing - longitudinal (in.) 75 Electrode spacing- lateral (in.) 0 Electrode angle (deg.) 10 Mufti/Single pass per side Multiple passes Multiple or single layer Single layer Peening Not used InitiaVnterpass cleaning Brushing and Grinding Back gouging method None WeldOffice WPS 2008.01,061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. AN rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° POR00069 Page 1 of 2 T. Bailey Inc. 12441 Bartholomew Rd, Anacortes, WA 98221, tbailey.com Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) - Test Results (As Welded) WeldOffice WPS POR record number PQR9 SAW-1.50/980 01 Date 1 5/23/2008 TENSILE TESTS (QW-150) Revision 0 WPS record number WPS9 SAW-L50/980 01 Company name T. Bailey Inc. Welding standard ASME Section IX Revision 0 section Specimen number Width (in.) Thiclmess (in.) Area (lam Ultimate total bad (lb) Ultimate unit stress (psi) Type of failure and location 1 .756 .670 0.5065 39910 79000 Ductile -BM 2 .751 .647 0.4859 39010 80500 Ductile -BM Comments 2 reduced section tension tests per OW-151.1 and OW462.1(a) Ita 15 (QW-tool Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments 4 transverse side bends per OW-161.1 and QW-462.2 OW-163 (Intl. CRO) Acceptable see - ASME IX - OW-451.1 Comments TOUGHNESS TESTS (OW-170) Specimen Notch location Notch type Specimen sine Test temperature Impact values Drop weight number (in.) x (in.) ff) (fi b) (% Shear) (Mils) break 1 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 - 2 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 84 3 Web Metal V-notch 0.394 x0.394 -10 74 4 Weld Metal V-notch 0.394 x0.394 -10 42 5 Well Metal V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 90 6 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 63 7 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 11 8 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x0.394 -10 20 9 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 72 10 HAZ V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 -10 25 11 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +10 34 12 HAZ 5mm V-crotch 0.394 x 0.394 +10 56 13 HAZ 5mn V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +10 35 14 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +10 28 15 HAZ 5mm V-notch 0.394 x 0.394 +10 48 Comments HARDNESS TEST Type (Scale) Distance from surface X516 (70) HAZ Weld HAZ A-36 (t1NS K02600) Rockwell A (HRA) .125 48.2 65.5 55.9 56.4 49.6 Rockwell A (HRA) .375 49.5 55 55 54.5 49.1 Rockwell A(HRA) .625 49.3 54.9 55 55.6 50.1 Comments OTHER TESTS Type of test Acceptance criteria Result Comments macroetch for weld size verification Acceptable Visual examination per OW-302.4 QW-194 Acceptable see -ASME IX - OW-452.1 (a) Comments CERTFICATK)N Welders name ID Number Stamp number Mechanical testing by Laboratory test number Anvil Corporation 6950.8953 Morse, Kris D 4500 KDM Test file number 9POD00031 Tests conducted by Kits Morse We certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test welds were prepared, welded and tested in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Code. OA Manager Name Signature David Edwards CWI 0303102 ` Date 5/13/2008 ? ,, - ✓ WeldOffice WPS 2008.01,061 (c) Copyright 2008 C-spec Software. All rights reserved worldwide. Catalog n° PQR00069 Page 2 of 2 7 1 � � '� CITY OF RENTON TRACKING NO. 18.2 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.: REN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Premanufactured Electrical Building Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): 13.2 and 16.2 ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. 2 ® This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: ® 1 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: Notes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Contractor Comments: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Deviations Specifically Noted: 8/20/2008 12:31 PM ]:\Data\REN\ 105-049\SDC\Submittals\SubmitW 018.2 - Building.doc 0A Date Received by RH2 Engineering. 8/19/08 Date Returned to Contractor: 8/20/08 Engineer's Comments: Exterior finish schedule says to match Taylor Forest Green; however, the Taylor roof color has been changed to Pacific Blue. Please update the Cap beam, Gable siding, soffits, fascia and doors to match the roof color. 8/20/2008 12:31 PM ❑ Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ® Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RI-12 ENGINEERING, INC. Date:8/20/08 By: Jon Conner, Chris Roberts \Data\REN\ 105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submittal 018.2 - Building.doc Submittal #18.2 Hazen reservoir Renton, WA — Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #: WTR-27-3214 3.2 B1 Premanufactured Electrical Building Resubmittal Building: 1. Louvers are located in dimensions of 16" so theye only have to cut one block. 2. They are using a 16" louver because the drawings show a 12" and the specifications call for supplying a damper with minimum 2 square feet. It takes a 20" damper to give you a min. of 2 sf., so they split the difference. 3. The drawings and specifications have been changed to show the new color change. Electrical: 1. The wording was moved to show the complete conduit. 2. The intrusion switch is changed to Square D (see specifications). 3. The smoke alarm is changed to System Sensor (see specifications). Attached are the specifications for the lighting panel. Siemens says they do not make a Mechanical Interlock for any of their Panel boards; they only make them for their Load Centers and that is the only option. If you have any questions, please contact David Girard, Blazer Industries. Inc. P. 503-749-1900 F. 503-749-3969 E. davidg@blazerind.com General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholomew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By !` Date 08/19/08 Can�ir(:oA [BuOH(dflu3ng ffairl Hazen Reservoir Coda compfl'slmce Applicable Code: WASHINGTON: 2006 International Building Code 2006 International Mechanical Code 2006 Uniform Plumbing Code by IAPMO 2005 National Electrical Code (NEC) 2006 Wa hington State Energy Code (WSEC) Type of Con traction: De cription: Occupancy: Floor Area: Job Number: Energy Zone: VB Control Building S-1 160 quare feet XXXXX (73 USanwa^ H08 The Structural De ign Detail Herein are Specific to the Building Size and Module Configuration Shown on the Floor Plan of The a Drawing. Thi Building will be ited a minimum of 10 feet from all Property Line and 10 feet from any a Limed Property Line between exi Ling tructure on thi ite. Soil bearing requirement ! 1500 p f, ubgrade compaction at 95 percent. Site contractor bear re pan ibility for providing handicap acce ibility to thi tructure in conformance with appropriate code. nsnRanfl w6A ProDoo� I]n�D TMd0O1] Site Addre : Hazen Re ervoir 1 101 Hoquiam Ave. Renton. WA 98509 King County Dealer: PumpTech Inc. 12020 SE 32nd. Street, Suite #2 Bellevue, WA 98005 Builder: Blazer Indu trie , Inc. PO Box 489 Aum ville, OR 97325 Contact: John Roth Phone:(503) 749-1900 Fax: (503) 749-3969 E-mail: johnr@blazerind.com Be OW Load Root ............................. 25 p f ( now) Wind ............................ 85 mph Expo ure "C (3 ec. Gu t ) Floor ............................. Engineered Mat Slab Sei mic ........................ Site Cla D, SDS=0.833, SDI=0.500 Occupancy Category ..................... IV (E ential Facility) Minimum allowable oil pre ure 1,500 p f Dmdo IRo 0T8MkMg T-1 Title Sheet. A-1 Floor Plan, Section, Structural De ign, Door Schedule. A-2 Exterior Elevation , Exterior Fin! h Schedule. A-3 Detail, Fa tening Schedule. Cap Beam Plan & Detail. E-1 Electrical Plan & Information. E-2 Electrical Information. S-1 Floor Slab Plan. S-2 Foundation Plan & Detail. 1. Electrical Connection to Service. THIS TEMALISBLAZERWDUSTPoES.INC. MODULAR CONTROL BUILDING for: THIS RGHT 2L IS THE EXCLUSNE PROPERTY OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES. INC. AND SWILL ■ ■ a,-0" X t 6,-0„ NOT BE REPRODUCED. USED, OR DISCLOSED Hazen R e e rvo i r TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BY THE WRITTEN PERMSSIDN OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES Ion .I WA GOLD PUMPTECH PRELIMINARY NOT FOR ONSTRUCTION Xsxxx - �� T-1 0 MIMI 2 Ad C STEEL RAFIBLS AT 24' ac W/ INSULATION DOOR, FRAME & HARDWARE SCHEDULE —ALL DOORS OPERABLE-- & 2 3 4 So 5b 5c 50 Se St OOR ROOM HOLD WEATHER FLUSH NO NAME CITY SIZE TYPE HINGE LOCK THRESH OPEN STRIP DRIPCAP SWEEP BOLT NO I 6'x7' HM BUTT PANIC YES YES YE$ YES YES YES NOTES: I DOOR TYPES: a) H.M.: GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL, I go, DOOR W/ 14 go. FRAME Z ALL H.M. DOOR FRAMES: a) WELDED WITH MASONRY ANCHORS. b)4."WOE OVERALL. a) 4" MASONRY HEADERS. 1 3. HINGE SPECS: a) BUTT4W • 4'BB NRP SS HAGER. 4. LOCKS: a) VON DUPRIN 1) 2227L WITH SURFACE MOUNTED VERTICAL ROD DEVICE MOUNTED TO ACTIVE LEAF ONLY 2) TRIM 230L WITH MORTISE CYLINDER 80-102 626 5. HARDWARE SPECS: a) THRESH: PEMKO *171A72. b) HOID OPEN; TES 445B26D. C) WEATHERSTRIP. PEMKO 303AV. d) DRIP CAP: PEMKO 346C76. e) SWEEP: PEMKO 31 XN-36 1) FLUSH BOLTS: F88458UL US S g) CLOSER: LCN 4041 h)ASTRAGAL: WELDED TO ACTIVE LEAF 6. OTHER: al N/A u M a STRUCTURAL DESIGN —SEE SHEETS A-2 & A-3 FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FINISHES -- COMPONENT GENERIC DESCRIPTION SPECIFIC MATERIAL LIST NOTES FOUNDATION / FLOOR DECK: CONCRETE SUB PERIMETER FRAMEWORK STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLE L6'k 6'1 X6" B1 REINFORCEMENT REBAR B4 0 16ba E.W. TOP & BOTTOM CONCRETE 99.4% WATER RESISTANT COATING 8' MAT DESIGN 4000 PSI (DESIGN BASIS IS 25M pi) WITH INTEGRAL ADODIVES FOR CORROSION WALLS: FRAMING (EXT): TOIF CMU BLOCK 4" SPLIT -FACE CONCRETE BLOCK (CHARCOAL) PAGE: A-2 CAP BEAM STEEL WS (4911 /B' 146 KI) ABOVE e' OR CAP BEAM 21/2' 189a. GALV STEEL 016" oc 29D516243SIUDS. 250=13-431RACK STEEL COULUMNS STEEL TSJ'X 3k 3116' SHEATHING (ABOVE CAP BEAM) EXTERIOR S/B' OSB 15/32" APA RATED INTERIOR 3/r COX 23/32' APA RATED ROOF: RAFTERS 6" 18ga. GALV. STEEL 0 24-M 600S200.43 RAFTERS, 6WT200.43 TRACK SHEATHING (TOP OF RAFTER) 51W PLYWOOD 19132 APA RATED 140/2D) INSULATION R32 RIGID FOAM 3' 4 T SHEATHING (BOTTOM OF RAFTER) PAINTED FRC (STUCCO) OVER 3/4" COX 23/32 APA RATED 148/24l FASCIA STEEL 1490. DAILY. STEEL (WITH 1" RETURN AT EAVE) NOTES: 1. COAT WITH ADDITIVE FOR MOISTURE RESISTANCE. IfI 1 A'41' 1102'I 16" MOTORIZED LOUVER 3 A6 1a4r 112a75LAB IC 17 2r 6'-4" (761 5'-0- I6M PRELAMINARY SECTION - A> A BUILDING LAYOUT NOTES: FLOOR PLAN. NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. SLAB SIZE IS SLIGHTLY LARGER THAN BUILDING SIZE. PF PF2. START LAYOUT BY MEASURING r IN FROM EDGE OF SUB (AFTER VERIFYING SLAB I' - B CORRECT). THIS WILL BE THE INSIDE FACE OF THE EXTERIOR BLOCK WALLS. COPYRIGHT 2LISTHEE CNDUBTRIEB'IN ■ MODULAR CONTROL BUILDING for. THIS MATERIAL IS BLA ER INDUSTRIES, PR S, INC - - - -- - -- OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES. INC. AND SHALL ■■ Flb Copy: _ NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED. OR DISCLOSE'. kWA O'-o• X , 6�-0�� Hazen Re a rvo i r TO OTHERS EXCEPT ASAL7THORIZEDBYTNE D. BY, ACY m BY DATE REVISION BV DATE REVISION BY WRITTEN PERMSSION OF BLAZER INDUSTRiE' �� GOLD PUMPTECH RBMOD, WA sun one: 1129-07 1. FLOOR: INTERIOR ROOM WALL: WALLS TO 8'-C' CAP BEAM ABOVE CAP BEAM CEILING: INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION FINISH BRAND/CC CONCRETE LIGHT BROOM NATURAL CMU BLOCK PAINT PITTSBU RGH/PL STEEL PAINT JAMES HARDIE (OR EQUAL) FRC STUCCO PATTERN PAINT JAMES HARDIE TOR EQUALI FRC STUCCO PATTERN PAINT T )R NOTES ADDITIVE FOR MOISTURE RESISTANCE WHITE #90374 PITT-TECH I COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS GLOSS WHITE #90-374 PITT-TECH T COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS GLOSS WHITE #90-374 PM -TECH T COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS GLOSS WHITE#90374 FITT-TECH I COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS GLOSS Ij mRmmNm4bm4bmmA oIAM4ff&M4M4M4I4 MREMM9020RE0 %I4M4M4bM4I4M4ff& 09090IMSOMM490 bM4M4S &4S&MkM- 4S&2 M4M4S&S L4 kM4M4MAq W WALL 1 WALL 2 0 EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION FINISH BRAND/COLOR NOTES WALLS CLEAR SEALER PAINT PAINT TO 80' CMU BLOCK CHEM IRETE CLEAR 2 COATS SEALER CAP BEAM STEEL PITTSBURGH- MATCH TAYLOR FOREST GREEN I COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS FINISH ABOVE CAP BEAM GABLE SIDING JAMES HARDIE (OR EQUAL) - FRC ISTUCr_CI PITTSBURGH- MATCH TAYLOR FOREST GREEN I COAT PRIMER, 2 COATS FINISH ROOF ROOFING 26 ga. STANDING SEAM METAL TAYLOR METAL PRODUCTS PACIFIC BLUE SOFFITS JAMES HARDIE (OR EQUAL) - FRC STUCCO PATTERN PAINT PTITSBURI MATCH TAYLOR FOREST GREEN 1 COAT PRIMER, 2 COATS FINISH FASCIA 149o. FORMED GALV. STEEL PAINT PMSSURGH. MATCH TAYLOR FOREST GREEN I COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS FINISH DOORS ALL DOORS AND FRAMES GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL PAINT PITTSBURGH. MATCH TAYLOR FOREST GREEN I COAT PRIMER. 2 COATS Fi T T STEEL HEADER EXHAUST FAN 1 1104MAM-lil IMMISER ORAq aLfflL4MM ammm I9090900 m►h'r mm OL4MAHL4S Ammm If10SOREr1 MENEM% IRSLARLARM ►o ,mmm IffL4ffL4M4L4 MENEM% I,M,M, 4�M, or mom MMAN I2MMM WALL B 4 Q MOTORIZED AIR INTAKE LOUVER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 3/8 WALL A PRELIMINARY NOT FOR ONSTRUCTION �OPYRIGHT 2WI BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC MODULAR PUMP BUILDING for. APPrw.E I,,, C-M yX,Yyy THIS MATERIAL IS THE EX LUSNE PROPERTY -- --- - ' BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SHALL ■■ PIT. Caq. VOT BE REPRODUCED. USED, OR DISCLOSED 10'_O"X16 -0,' Hazen Re ervoir ' OTHEflS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BYTHE — g,.w. B ACY �-2 aTE REVISION BY DATE REVISION 6v DATE REVISION aY WRITTEN PERMSSION OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES �� WA GOLD PUMPECH Renron, WA —.1., 1F-.7 FASTENING SCHEDULE SIT I FRAMED WALLS STEEL STUD -TO- TOP&BOTTOM TRACK (2J#6 WAFERHEAD SCREWS II EACH SIDE) GABLE END WALLS (ONE SIDES) 08 SCREWS 0 Coc EDGE. 12'oc FIELD BOTTOM TRACK -TO CAP BEAM p 12 SCREWS O B'oc MIN. NUMBER OF ANCHORS PER WALL WALL NUMBER WALLA 3 ROOF WALL 3 WALL 1 3 WALL 3 STEW RAFTERS -TO- TOP&BOTTOM TRACK 121 N6 WAFERHEAD SCREWS I I EACH SIDE) SHEATHING -TO- STEEL RAFTER FASTEN'%] RATED SHEATHING 140/7D1 TO STEEL RAFTERS WITH ABSCREWS 0 6" EDGE, IT FIELD. MIN. N,7 WEB STIFFENER MN. (1) 012 SCREW 6 STEEL RAFTERS EL END TRACK ON BOTH SIDES PER RAFTER 0 24'oc. WITH S RIGID INSULATION MIN. I6 IT ES PER BAY )TO W 12 X 22 $FEEL BEAM IY2X 11Q'St 4X 16go. ANGLE CENNTTER OF HOLES FROM WRH 2- p65CREWS TO .� 012 SCREP OF TRACK Ti 8'x4 iiji RAFTER EA SIDE OF R SHEATHING 70 RAFTERS CAPBEMA HEADER METAL ROOFING METAL ROOSCHEDULE SCREWS PER FASTENING 0 EDGE PATTERN SHEATHING TO RAFTERS SCREWS PER FASTENING Fj R10 SCREW PER RAPIER SCHEDULE 0 EDGE PATTERN *FPE 153x3x-A, 3'i' CDX �i 9{i FRC 9{i GALV. STEEL FASCIA 012 SCREWS 0 12'oc CAP BEAM TS6x4A INTO TRACK p3 REBAR 0 16'oc DRILLED i 6" STEEL R"PLYWOOD & PINNED 2'MIN. INTO CMU I I' OH SRIGID INSS(4" FRO 14 go STEEL DOOR JAMB 2'x 16'SLOTO EACH BAY i' $' IV FLAT BAR SOUD FILLED W/ GROUT WI 2 x?Z STEEL BEAM WELD EACH EDGE TO MIN. 03 REBAR HARD VENTED SOFFIT BOARD ANCHORS O 4Coc. RM1AX.1: STEEL BEAM w/)bex OF FILLET 0 24"oc CAP BEAM T56xt+de ! 4" CMU FULLY GROUTED 3KN 3Y' 4{i STEW PULE AND REINFORCED WELDED TO END OF)YO x 20' LONG ANCHORS O 48'oc. (MAX.): REBAR (ASTM A7061 WITH �, FILLET SEE EAVE DETAIL FOR WELD ALL AROUND. 5�, DETAILS & QUANTITY FASTEN CAP BEAM TO STEEL ANCHOR PLATE WITH MIN. OF ]IF OF i{i FILLET WELD. EAVE DETAIL 2 RIDGE DETAIL 5 COLUMN DETAIL 6 DOOR HEADER DETAIL 11/7 1'-G' 1112 - -0 1 I: 1 0 - SHEATHING TO RAFTERS SCREWS METAL ROOFING PER FASTENING SCHEDULE O FIELD PATTERN SHEATHING TO RAFTERS SCREWS PER FASTENING 6' STEEL RAFTERS O 24'oc. (��T' y SCHEDULE 0 EDGE PATTERN iS" OSB I I I I I 16'•2' 11941 n 6• 1S•2'I1827 d" tx Bx Id CMU BLOCK I I FLASHING WALL FULLY GROUTED. TWO 9 GA. WIRE FOR HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT* roc AND #3 REBAR kxxxxxxx o-- a_________________________________________________________________________________� AT 1 O oc ALL A USE 04 REAT T. OF WALL AND AT OPENINNING$. GALV STEEL FASCIA FASCIA GABLE END WALL 21S'TOP TRACK 1 � g � � %"PLYWCIOD STARTER BARS: EMBED p4 BAR 5' DEEP ) — CAPBEAM TS6Y.4X1/8" TYP. w/ SIMPSON SET EPDXY. 000 91i FRC p123CREW508'oc. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OPTION: 04 BAR 30X B" HOOK 0 24"Oc a 11'OH. 16"oc. wSTEWSTUDS R / PLYWOOD PER I STRUCTURAL DESIGN SCHEDULE N COMPACTED SOIL FOR 6'�� TS3x3x9(i POST HORIZONTAL IMW.) l 9{i CEMENT BOARD �• 1` %-CEMENT BOARD �- 67 _ 2Ri BOTTOM TRACK l;AX PLYWOOD = CAP BEAM 1S6x4 s A3 A-3 SCREWS PM ER SCHEDULE 1 COMPACTED GRAVEL FILL 1 i; CMU BLOCK WALL 1 6'THICK MIN, BELOW CAPBEAM � I 0 (SHOWN FOR REF. ONLY] HEADER UNDER CAPBEAM ANCHORS 4B'oc. TMAX.)' AND OVER DOOR B' CONCRETE SLAB WITH MIN. p4 REBAR 0 16'oc EW. TOP & BOTTOM. GRADE 60 MIN. IV COVER. SEE EAVE DETAIL FOR SIZE. DETAILS & QUANTITY 13 8' x r x �6" (46 KSQ CONCRETE STRENGTH MIN. 4000 PI 0 28 DAYS 11 I 1 I I (DESIGN BASIS IS 2500 PR O 28 DAYS). L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______________________________________________________________J PREL IMINARY NOTES: O THIS DIMENSION IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS FROM THE INSIDE OFTHE CAP BEAM TO THE INSIDE OF THE CMU BLOCK WALL. CAP BEAM NOT FOR PLAN ONSTRUCTION 3 FLOOR SLAB DETAIL 4 GABLE EAVE DETAIL p2 ALL WELDS MIN. cif FILLET, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COPYRIGHT 2007. BLAZER INDUSTRIES. INC, THIS MATERIAL'S THE EXCLUSNE PROPERLY OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC. ANO SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED ■■ 00 MODULAR PUMP BUILDING for. Hazen Re a rvo i r Appiore4 mi Cond. L:A4 - l D�-O" X -16-0" File cew' ACY r.Y WA GOLD onw. BY. Slen f>o1e. 11-1807 REVISION TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BYTHE WRITTEN PERMS.. OF BLAZER INDUSTNES �� PUMPTECH Renton, WA 01 - REVISION ]BY DATE RE`✓ISiON HAZEN RESERVOIR PANEL SCHEDULE NOTE: ALL CONDUCTORS COPPER. sLOCAERVINc: WMT: RESEIUGMINNaGR PANE 200 AMP MAIN 120/240 VOLTS THREE WIRE CC NO. DESCRIPTION TRIPK AMPS VOLT AMPS /T� - / \- ^uARE �\SPARE K VOLT AMPS TRIPCKT AMPS DESCRIPTION NO. I RESERVOIR UGH14G 20 1.36 �� - 5D EMERGENCY GENERATOR 2 3 TVSS 31 4.71 2P 4 5 2P D.SD 20 TELEMETRY PANE. 6 ] VENRATION FAN '10 035 �\ 0.25 20 ELECTRICAL BUILDING UGHIINO $ 9 ELECTRICAL BUILDING RECEPTACLES 20 on 6.7 2D RESERVOIR RECEPTACLES 10 11 MOTORIZED GATE OPERATOR 20 1.92 0b 2D SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLES 12 13 1 OUTDOOR LIGHTING COMORL PNL 2D 0.10 035 2D OUTDOOR UGHONG 14 15 METER VAULT SUMP PUMP 20 OJD �\ SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE 16 17 SEISMIC VALVE VAULT SUMP PUMP 20 0.M SPARE 18 19 SPARE 20 �\ SPARE 22 2 t SPARE 2D 22 23 SPARE 20 ft-' SPARE 24 25 SPARE SPARE 26 ��SPARE29 SPARE tz �\ 30 CONNECTION LOAD DEMAND: LIGHTING 6 MRC LOADS DEMAND LOAD: 14.76 KVA 61 SO AMPS 14.76 KVA 61.50 AMPS ® 1. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION 2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THE TO C OF NATIVE MATERIAL. THE SU8GRADE SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL TO ENSURE THAT IT IS FIRM AND UNYIELDING. AT THE REPRESENTATIVES DISCRETION, ANY SOFT SPOTS SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE FOR INSPECTION OF SUBGRADE THREE WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING EXPOSED SUBGRADE TO ENSURE A FIRM AND UNYIELDING SURFACE 3. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND PROVIDE FLASHING WHERE APPLICABLE PROVIDE ALUMINUM BUG SCREEN AT ALL VENTS 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE PREFAB CONCRETE BUILDING MANUFACTURER TO LOCATE AND PROVIDE BLOCKOUTS FOR CONDUIT AND HVAC. CORE DRILLING IN FIELD SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS PREVIOUSLY COORDINATED WITH MANUFACTURER. S. PROPOSED SECONDARY SERVICE TO PROPOSED URUTY TRANSFORMER CONFECTION. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE MAN FOR CONTINUATION 6, PROPOSED MOTORIZED INTAKE LOUVER ACTUATOR. TA -I% 120 VAC, 10, SEE BLAZER SPECIFICATIONS FOR LOWER AND DAMPER SCHEDULE. 7. PROPOSED EXHAUST FAN,-EF-I-. 120 VAC. 10, SEE DWG EOS FOR VENTILATOR SCHEDULE ® 8. SEE DWG NO. E2 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULES AT 9. SEE LK=MTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DWG E2 10. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE PROPOSED RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG E03 & E04 -RH2 DRAWINGS I� it. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS 70 ME RESERVOIR OVERFLOW SWITCH AND INTRUSION SWITCHES. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DG E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS. - RESERVOIR ACCESS HATCH INTRUSO N ALARM - RESERVOIR OVERFLOW ALARM 1R M CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO THE RESERVOIR VANDAL SHIELD INTRUSION SWITCH. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG E03 FOR DETAILS. I� 13. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS THE THE INLET AND OUTLET FLOW METERS AND VAULT FLOOD SWITCH LOCATED IN THE FLOW METER VAULT, SE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATIONS. SEE DWG E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW 14-20m ) -RESERVOIR INLET FLOW (TOTALZER) - RESERVOIR INLET FLOW METER POWER (24 VDCI - RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW 14-2D.A) - RESERVOIR OUfIET ROW (TOTALIZER) -RESERVOIR OUTLET FLOW METER POWER (?A VDC) -METER VAULT FLOOD SNITCH I� 14. CONDOR AND CONDUCTORS TO SEISMIC VALVE VAULT FLOOD SWITCH LOCATED AT THE SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE VAULT. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG EM AND E04 FOR DETAILS 1a 15, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO ACCESS GATE MOTORIZED OPERATOR. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION N 16. PROPOSED CONDUIT CONTAINING CONDUCTORS TO RESERVOIR UGHTING AND RECEPTACLES LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE RESERVOIR. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG E03 AND ED4 FOR DETAILS 17 17. PROPOSED CONDUIT CONTAINING CONDUCTORS TO SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLE LOCATED AT THE TO OF THE RESERVOIR. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS I� 18. PROPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO SITE LIGHTING, SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE MAN FOR CONTINUATION. SEE DWG E03 AND E04 FOR DETAILS n 19. SPARE CONDUIT. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE LAND AND THE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE ON DWG E02 FOR MORE INFORMATION 20, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO SEISMIC SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE AND UMIT SWITCH LOCATED AT THE SEISMIC ISOLATION VALVE VAULT -SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. SE DWG E03 AND 304 FOR DETAIL RI 21. PROPOSED 50 AMP, 2-POLE. EMERGENCY GENERATOR. BACK -FED CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROPOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE MANUALLY INTERLOCKED TO MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT TO PREVENT BOTH CIRCUIT BREAKERS FORM BEING ENERGIZED AT ME SAME TIME. 22. PROPOSED OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. SEE DETAIL ON DWG NO E06 23. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO METER VAULT SUMP PUMP RECEPTACLE SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE MAN FOR CONTINUATOJ 24. CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS TO SEISMIC VALVE VAULT SUMP PUMP RECEPTACLE. SEE PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PUN FOR CONTINUATION. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS SYMBOL I DESCRIPTION HEIGHT TO TOP REMARKS 414 SINGLE POLE SWITCH 49' 1440 VA MAX. UMI PER SWITCH GFd RECEPTACLE Off 1S00 VA, DEDICATED CIRCUIT OSO SMOKE DETECTOR CEILING SYSTEM SENSOR 4WTAR-B OT THERMOSTAT 41r TO TOP OF .F80X EMERGENCY LIGHT 64' 15 V.A. EACH ELM2 O LKFNT4NTERIOR CEMNG 4FT. 2 LAMP FLlx7RESCENT FIXTURE VRI 232 DPM LIGNT-EXTERIOR LTTHONIA TWH 2/42TRT-1PE 2D FIXTURE CONTROLLED BY INTEGRAL PHOTOCELL d MOTION SENSOR EXHAUST VENTILATOR ALLLED M W 1TM DAUST FAN MOTORQ® LOWER 16'A 16° MOTORIZED DAMPER MOUNTED D Pr,' PHOTO CELL WALL MOUNTED ELECTRICAL PLAN REVIEW LOAD CALCULATIONS VOLTAGE: 120/240 PHASE: 10 CONNECTED LOAD CALC. LOAD LIGHTING EXTERIOR INTERIOR RESERVOIR EMERGENCY VENTILATION SYSTEM 450 VA. X 125 Y. S63 VA 248 VA. X 125 Y 310 VA 1360 VA X 126 Y = 17W VA 15 VA X 126 Y - 19 VA _ VA. X 125 % _ VA 350 VA X 125 Y. - 438 VA. RECEPTS. - ELEC BLDG RECEPTS.- RESIVOIR RECEPTS.-SEW TELE 72D VA. x 100 Y = 72D VA. 72D VA X 50 Y = 72D VA 54D VA X 5o Y 54D VA. VA. X IOD Y _ VA j J VA. X 25 Y = _ VA TVSS 4710 VA. X 100 Y = 4710 VA. MOTOR GATE OPEN 19M VA. X 100 Y 192D VA. METER VAULT S.P. 70D VA. X 100 Y - 700 VA. SEISMIC VAULT S.P. 700 VA. X too Y = 700 VA. SEISMIC CON. VALVE 19M VA. X % = 19M VA. TELEMETRY PANEL SOD VA. X Y - 500 VA. VA. X Y VA. TOTAL KVA CONNECTED LOAD AMPS 14.8 TOTAL KVA CALCULATED LOAD AMPS 15.5 61.9 64.4 OUTSIDE ONLY CONNECTED EQUIPMENT IS $MOWN ON 7FE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM. SEE DWG. NO. E05 FOR PROPOSED UTILITY METER. METER BASE COMPLETE PANEL SCHEDULE AND ENCLOSURE BY CONTRACTOR TO SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. METER BY PUGET SOUND ENERGY PRIMARY SERVICE - - - - - - - - - PER SERVING UTILTY REQUIREMENTS PT I I 21 PROPOSED PAD -MOUNTED Iaq TRANSFORMER INSTALLED BY I" }-� IN SOUND ENERGY. INSTALL PER P3 SERVING UTILITY STANDARDS. SEE I EMERGENCY GENERATOR PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROPOSED 50 AMP GENERATOR -� CONNECTION RECENICALE 06 BARE COPPER GROUND ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR R GOL ND ELECTRODES PER N SEE O WG NO. E04 FOUR GROUNDING DETAILS PROPOSED GOUND FODS (TYPI PER N.E.C. SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR GROUND ROD DETAIL I RESERVOIR LIGHTING P4 ala I TVSS /1 I I ® I VENTILATION FAN L o�� BUILDING RECEPTACLES �1 I MOTORIZED GATE OPERATOR wl METER VAULT SUMP PUMP �\ I L__� I INSIDE GNDBUS L9 SEISMIC CONTROL PANEL 76'MOTORIZED LOUVER 14 N 15 If C6 1 4 GFCI / HOLE FOR CONDUIT AI \\\ OUTDOOR LIGHTING IX.IiROt PANEL LI- (, TO OUTOOOR LIGHTING \ \ \ \ \ t CONTROL PANEL \ \ \ \ \ \ \ 5 BLOCK UT FOR CONDUIT PC '- (PIO.PI3PI4,P17,P18) OLOCKI CDNDOUTUIT FOR L �5 LIGHTING HOLE FOR PANEL �aJ CONDUIT W. 3M W' CLEAR FLOOR \ \ \ \ \ \ \ -L' P1 SPACE REQUIRED IN FRONT \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ TO IB 1 Q \\\\\ \\ 5 Ll1 L 13 OF ELECTRICAL PANEL\ \ \ \ \ \ 0 AI Al \\\\ \ \ �QL17 \\\\ p COUNTITE\\ \� 23 LIS t' TO OUTDOOR TO BDSMICNUD PR PT (� UGHTING PANEL (C9) I® 17EHAUST PAN CONTROL PANEL QC7 L8 PROPOSED �- T � 1w UTILITY METER TELEMETRY® PANEL C2 I 14 BLOC KOUT FOR CONDUIT - WPCI Will 13 (CIO,C9.CS.C4.J1,J2) M cC3i 1k111��Ll L10 L12 7 `"liit 12 n o la Llb a 14 ELECTRICAL PLAN nn �1 OUTDOOR LIGHTING al I SEISMIC CONTROL VALVE nn TELEMETRY PANEL all BUILDING UGHRNG an RESERVOIR RECEPTACLES SEWER TELEMETRY wI oLrt000R u. cN1RL PHL a/I •' SEISMIC VET. SUMP PUMP NOTES: 1. ALL CONDUCTORS ARE COPPER; TYPE THHN 2. WIRING METHOD IS GRS -WALLS EMT - CEILING 3. INSTALL LIFER GROUND IN SLAB NEAR SERVICE EQUIPMENT 4. ALL RACEWAYS TO CONTAIN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING COND. COPYRIGFT 2007. BLAZER INDUSTRIES. INC IR MODULAR PUMP BUILDING for. THIS MATERIAL IS THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF BLAZER INDl15TRIES. INC. AND SHALL ■■ Fxs Copt NOTBEREPROCUCED.USED.ORDSCLOSED 10'-0"X18�-�" Hazen Re erVoir TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BY THE IR IR Down Ih: AA.E-1 REVISION BY DATE REVISION BY DATE REVISION RY NRTITEN PERMISSION OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES. Si WA GOLD PUMPTECH Renton, WA YJ" GRC CONUIT TO N SIGNAL CABINET 10 14- LB. )4" FLEX FROM KEY BOX IN RIGID CONDUIT 12"HX10"WX6"D NEMA 4 .UNCTION BOX. HOFFMAN INTRUSION ALARM DISABLE MODEL NO. L-P3025 OR tir-HOFFMAN KEY SWITCH AND KEY BOX. EOUAL. SECURE BOXBEST MODEL NO. IW762INT RIGIDLY TO BUILDINGWITH CONSTRUCTION CORE. �?H (4) Y.CONCRETENO SUBSTITUTIONS. SECURE ANCHOR BOLTS.JUNCTION BOX RIGIDLY TO ENCLOSURE WITH A KEYED SWITCH BOX MINIMUM OF (1) NO. 10 NOT TO SCALE SHEET METAL SCREWS EACH CORNER HINGED DOOR CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT SECURITY LOCK IN DOOR. LOCK SHALL BE A BEST LOCK MODEL NO. IE7D4 WTH CONSTRUCTION CORE NO SUBSTITUTIONS. Y' KEYED SWITCH BOX OBLIQUE NOT TO SCALE KEYED SWITCH DETAIL NOR 10 SCALE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LEGEND POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE REM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PART NO. BY 01HERS ' CIRCUIT SOURCE DESINATION TRADE SIZE (QUANTITY) CONDUCTORS N016: SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE- SURGE PROTECTIVE UNIT WITH INNOVATIVE INTEGRAL DISCONNECT WITCH IN A NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE. CONDUIT AND WIRING PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. TECHNOLOGIES PTXI60-1S101SD-D OR EQUAL Pl UTILITY TRANSFORMER LITRIfY MQEit 2)5 (2)-83/0,111-9310N p2 UIILIIY METER LIGHTING PANLESOARD.l" 2)P 121. 03/0. 111 - B3/0 N fg lXiF1i1NG PANBILOARD, 7' GENERATOR CONNECTION RECEPTACLE 1' 121-I&PI-RISK III -blo 011) Q LIGHTING PANELBOARD- NEMA I ENCLOSURE SERVICE ENTRANCE SEME4S RATED, 200 AMP MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER. 50 AMP BACK - FED EMERGENCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER- MECHANICAL INTERLOCK BETWEEN MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND EMERGENCY GCIRCUIT. MOUNT TOP OF ENCLOSURE 6'HT' FROM FLOOR. TYPE PI OR EQUAL P! LIGHTING PANELHOARD.-V TVSS yi^ ('!)-810it) - 810 N,(1)- 010 GRD P6 UGHIING PANELBOARD. -V TELEMETRY PANEL T U' )v to M2. 11) - 012 CARD P7 LIGHTING PANE BOARD. V COOLING THERMOSTAT )ti (21- 812 (1) - 412 GRD ill - 61211) • 612 GILD P9 COOLING THERMOSTAT INTAKE LOUVER ACTUATOR. RA-1 1i (2) - #12. (1) - 012 GRD ® IMRUSK7N ALARM SWITCH - HEAVY DUTY INTRUSION ALARM SQUARE SWITCH. CONTRACTOR TO SELECT PLUNGER STYLE ACTUATOR D TYPE C, CLASS 9001 OR EQUAL 10 LIGHTING PANB30ARD. "V ACCESS GATE MOTORIZED OPERATOR IV 121.012 (1) - 012 GRD I'll OUTDOOR "TING CONTOL PANEL ACCESS GATE SITE LIGHTING AND MOTION DETECTOR 1" 141- 812 (1) - #12 GRD PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR - 24 VDC, WITH LOCAL SYSTEM AUDIBLE ALARM SIGNAL AND CONTACTS FOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATION THROUGH FOUR WIRE CONNECTIONS TO MANUFACTURERS TELEMETRY. INSTALL IDEACCET HIGHEST POINT. WIRE PERAS INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE A FUNCTIONAL CIRCUIT. SENSOR 41/TAR - B OR EQUAL I2 OUTDOOR LIGHTING CONTOL PANEL PARKING ARE SIZE LIGHTING �` (21- 612 (l) • 012 GRD 1 LIGHTING PANEIBOARD."V RESERVOIR UGHIING 1" (2)-812.(1)-812 GRD CIRCUITS" PI3A" AND Y138" SHARE CONDUIT "PI 7 I LIGHTING PANEIBOARD. V RESERVOIR RECEPTACLE P' r21-•12,(1)-•12 GRD CRCUIS'P13A"AND Y13r SHARE CONDUITPlT U LIGHTING PANELBOARD.'L' SEWER TELEMETRY RECEPTACLE kj• (21-I12(1)-B12 GRD RECEPTACLE LOCATED AT TOP OF RESERVOIR © WALL MOUNTED COOLING THERMOSTAT -SNAP ACTION, SPOT LINE VOLTAGE AIR SWITCH CONTROLLER. RANGE 30'-I00'F. SE AT 75'F. MOUNT 4 FEE ABOVE FINISH BOOR. HONEYWELL T631CII03OR EQUAL I UGHTING PAN ELIIOARD,'V SEISMIC CONTROL PANEL y,• (21-612(1)•I12 GRD I6 ACCESS GATE MOTORIZED OPERATOR GALE ENTRY KEYPAD Rl{ GRD 1 LIGHTING PANEIBOARD, 7' METER VAULT SUMP PUMP JrJ• (2)-l12 (1)-Y12 GRD ® KEYED SWITCH BOIL SEE SPECIFICATIONS DWG NO. E02 FOR INFORMATION. NFORMATKON. PI8 LIGHTING PANELBOARM V IC SPoM- VAULT SUMP PUMP JS• 12) -012. (1) - #12 GRD ® RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTERR, SEE SPECIFICATIONS DWG NO. E04 FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE RESE® NO.W OIR 4FORM LIPOWMORE RMAEVEL TWITCH.SEESPECIRCATKJN3DWG NO. �1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. CIRCUIT SOURCE DESTINATION TRADE SIZE (QUANTITY) CONDUCTORS NOTES: UGITING LIMIT SWITCH- HEAVY DUTY LIMO! SWITCH. 20 VA. SQUARED CONTRACTOR TO SELECT PLUNGER STYLE ACTUATOR. TYPE C. CLASS 90D7 OR EQUAL Cl ELECTRICAL BLDG. INTRUSION SWITCH TELEMETRY PANEL, TU 014.(1)-614 GRD ELECTRICAL BLDG. INTRUSION DISABLE TT3EMEIRY PANEL-RTv' )5' (7)-•14.(1)-074 GRD ® FLOOD SWATCH -NO. REED TYPE FLOAT SWITCH, 20 VA. SEE DWG NO. ON FOR DETAIL OMEGA MODEL LVN-20 OR EQUAL C3 ELECtRN:AL RDG. SMOKE DETECTOR TELEMETRY PANEL,1W )y (4)-#14.(1)-I14 GRD RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO. I TELEMETRY PAW. R" )'i M - 0IA (1) - 414 GRD CIRCUITS ^ CM• AND "C4B'SHARE CONDUIT"C4' (9 TFLOE RETRY PANEL Yf Lr ROD INSTRUMENTS RED INSTRUMENTS CA RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO. 1 TELEMETRY PANEL. TV )v (21- 014 (1) - 014 GRD CIRCUITS"CW AND rAl'SHARE CONDUT'C!' Q DAL RESERVOUR VANSHIED INTRUSION SWITCH TELEMETRY PANEL. VV )v (2) - 014.(1) - 014 GRD GENERATOR CONNECTION RECEPTACLE - SO AMP. 12D / 240 VOLT, I_PHASE. }WIRE. TWIST LOCK MALE RECEPTACLE, MOUNT TOP OF @5'4l !CLOSURE " FROM FINISHED GRADE, GENERAL ELECTRIC 10,fON OR EQUAL Cd SEISMIC CONTROL PANEL TELEMETRY PANEL YnU` 1" (12) - 014. 111- #14 GRD C RESERVOIR ACCESS HATCH INTRUSION SWITCH RESERVOIR TEIIBMEIITf JUNCTION 80X N0.2 IT (21- fi11. (1) • 611 GRD • CONTRACOTR SHALL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS OI RESERVOIR OVERFLOW SWITCH RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO.2 1" MANUFACTURER FLOAT CABLE FACILITY LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE C9 SESMICCONTROL PANEL SERMICVALVE SOUENMAND LNUTSWITCH IY." (3)-861. ,(3)-014(186GRD CI SEISMIC VALVE VAULT FLOOD SWITCH TELEMETRY PANEL'RTLY )4 (23 - 014,11) - 014 GRD ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER NAME CATALOG NO. LAMP QTY. CATALOG NO, REMARKS 1 RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO.2 RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO.2 Jg' M-014.(1)-614 GRD CIRCUTS'CI IA'ANO"CI IrSHARE CONDUIT *CI 1' Il RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO.2 RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO.2 hr 12) - 814. (1) • 014 GRD CIRCIIITS'C71A'AND'CI IrSHARE CONDUIT "CI I' AT FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 120 VAC,! LONG, HIGH -IMPACT ACRYLIC LENS. MOLDED FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER HOUSING. �i�EDBALLAST CEQNG MOUNTED. TFORDAMP LOCATIONS. LM40MA VIC 232 AROP 120 CW 4 32WI832 WATT INSTRUMENTATION CONDUIT SCHEDULE FLUORESCENT OUTDOOR ARE LIGHT - 42W, 120V BALLAST. DIE - CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING. POLYCARBONATE LENS. U.L LISTED FOR W E LOCATIONS. MOUNT BOTTOM OF FUTURE T-T FROM FINISHED GRADE UTHONIA TWIN 2 / 42120 PE LR 1 42 WATT PHOTO AND MOTION CIRCUIT SOURCE DESTINATION TRADE SIZE (QUANTITY) CONDUCTORS NOTES: JI RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX MO. I TELEMETRY PA14EL TV IYf (1) - 2-CONDUCTOR SHIRRED CABLE JUNCTION BOX LOCATED ON RAILING AT TOP OF RESERVOIR. SEE DI EELS ® INLET FLOW METER -FLOW TELEMETRY PANEL 'RV 2Xt (1)-2- CONDUCTOR RIRDMCABLE CLRCIIS"JW.J2r."J2C.'J2D'ANDAr.SHARE CONDUR•Jz AS RESERVOIR ROOF METAL HALIDE POLE MOUNT OUTDOORM FLOOD FIXTURE- 120V 20OW PULSE START, METAL MAUDE LAMP. STANDARD POSE START BALLAST. D NISHPOLE DARK BRONZE FINISH, SUPER POLE WITHTENON SIIPFTf1ER FOR POLE MOUNTING TO SPECIFIED POLE ON ID TALL!' ROUND POLE LITMOA LIGHT: KFL3-200M-HPN-120TS-SCWA-PI POLE: RSS-108120 1 200 WATT MEALHAUDE INLET METER (TOTALIZER AND POWER) MEMO" PANEL'RN' 2):j GIRD (4) - 014. (1) - I14 G UI ORCS'J2A': J2r.•J=.'J2D' AND'nr. SHARE CONOUIT'J2' OIRLEFLOW METER TELEMETRY PANEL.'W" 2)9 (11 - 2- CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE CIRCUITS'J2A•."J2r."J2C:J2D' ANCrnr. SNARE CONDUR'J2' J20 OUTLET FLOW METER (1OTAUZER AND POWER) TELEMETRY PANEL.'R1U" 2 IS - 141- 014. (1) - 614 GRD CIRCUITS "aA•"J2B" "J2C,"J2D' AND02F. SNARE CONDUIT•JT METER VAULT FLOOD SWITCH TELEMETRY PANEL.'W" 2); (2) - 014.(1) - 014 GRO ORCUTIS "12A'."12r.•J2C".'12D" AND"J2r. SHARE CONDUIT'JT A4 MARINE QUARK ROODl1GHT-SOOW, 120 VAC. iI'<a"H. BIi(e" W. 6%D, COPPER FREE ALUMINUM. MARINE RATED. U.L LISTED FOR WE LOCATION PHOENIX MS 500 QH 1 300 WATT QUARTZ ® RESERVOIR LEVEL TRANSMITTER RESERVOR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX 140.2 1"1 MANUFACTURER LEVEL TRANSDUCER CABLE O STU8-UP ALONG SIDE BUILDING WALL SPARE CONDUIT HANDHOLE M-T PULL CORD (EACH) (2) SPARE CONDUIS. is STUB -UP ALONG SIDE BUILDING WALL SPARE CONDOR HATOHOIE (3} S PULL CORD (EACH) (3) SPARE CONDUITS. AS OODOOR ARE POLb4Ag1NFED FLOODLIGHT - QUARTZ LIGHT HOUSING.WITHPOLE: FIXCST GUARDVAC,ISOWAS DIE- CAST KNUCKLE. CST GUARD, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL KNUCKLE FURNISH WITH TE40N SUPNTIER FOR POLE MOUNTING TO SPECIFIED POLE HUBBLE LIGHT: QD-15DW SSS-16567-TAB 1 ISO WAIT QUART ® STLB-Up ALONG SIDE BUILDING WALL S IJB-UP ALONG UTILITY POLE ! PULL CORD RESERVE FOR RENTON INFORMATION SERVICE DEPARTMENT p SPARE CONDUIT HANDHOLE STUB -UP BELOW GATE ENTRY KEYPAD AND CAP TOP OF RESERVOIR TOP OF RESEN 6 DEPARTMENT CONDUCT SYSTEM T (2)-7 (2)- T (3)- T PULL CORD PULL CORD (EACH) FULL CORD (EACH) RESERVE FORFUTIRE WATER DEPARTMENT SURVBUANCE RESERVE FORFUTURE WATER DEPARTMENT SURVEILLANCE RESERVE FOR RENTON REJ FORMATION SERVICE OPAWTMT. ALL CONDUIT ROUTES MUST CONTAIN A MNNMUM OF 24' DIAMETER SWEEP O _ SIUB-UP ALONG INSIDE BUXDING WALL A6 OUTDOOR LOW - MOUNT FLOODLIGHT - INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 12D VAC, 150 WATT. DE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, FOLYCABONATE LENS, U.L LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS, SURFACE MOUNT TO STAIRWAY RARING PER DETAIL ON DWG NO. E06 UD40MA KU A 120 LR WW DBL 1 130 WATT INCANDESCE A STUB -UP µONG INSIDE BUILDING WALL 1® RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO. I RESERVOIR TELEMETRY JUNCTION BOX NO. I 1 %- II) - 2- CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE I JUNCTION BOX LOCATED ON RAILING AT TOP OF RESERVOIR. SEE DWG. E0.4 COPYRIGHT 2O07, BLAZER INDUST�LS II R ,41o,Can.l E.ax,,, THIS MATERIAL IS THE EXCLUSIVE PROPE" MODULAR PUMP BUILDING for: -- -- OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES. INC. AND SHALL ■■ 10,-0` X ,16,-0„ ny NOT BE REPRODUCED. USED. OR DSCLC HaZerl Re ervoir TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED By T I- R� D By ACY DATE REVISION BY DATE REVISION By DATE REVISION leyWRITTEN PERMSSON OF BLAZERINDUSTI- ON WA GOLD PUMPTECH Renton, WA B N.1 11-29-07 ©-= Q Q 16'0' 119T1 W, IT 12 36• 8• � ♦i• r_____________ ____ ____ t._ 94OWNSHOWN FOR REF. ONLY — 6x 36 BLOCKOUT 4Y 6 x 27 BLOCKOUT ! 6• H bx 12 BlOCKOIfT i i bx 128LOCKOUT 17 � � � I V `- v FLOOR SLAB 112-- L.0 EMBED i4 BAR S DEEP w/ NAPSON SET EPDXY DRILL i"0 HOLE - NOTE: LIFTING BOLTS SHALL BE V� � MINIMUM GRADE 5 OR A325. MINIMUM ENGAGEMENT WITH COUPLER NUT - 1• 0 b ® 5/B" x 3' BOLT ® 24'- ON ALL ANGLES. IT UNLESS sop i; FILLET WELD ALL ROUND. LOCATE TO NOT® OTHERWISE 1• %2 1/7 COUPLER S�t MISS BLOCKOUTS. UFDNG POINTS. AND FRAME ANGLE Y OTHER OBSTRUCMNiS NUT -TACK WELD L6'k6'k5/1B HOLE IN ANGLE (SIZE 4 o io 6 10 ACCEPT TURNED lY• MW. CLEAR - DOWN COUM �M NUT) �Sir71 _ a • J4• 1" DIA x 6" BOLT OR I)T CLEAR IY�'O HOLE ALL THREAD w/NUT � B' � I-X 21/T COUPLER 27e• REBAR: NUT - TACK WELD l 111.16'. TOP: 0408'bC EACH WAY 3/16'PLAN VIEW SECTION 3" BTM: 04 ® MAX IGbC EACH WAY ELEVATION SECTION EDGE AT PERIMETER OUTSIDE CORNER PRE I M I NARY 1 STARTER BARS 2 SIDE LIFTING DETAIL 3 JIG SUPPORT DETAIL NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION COPYRIGHT 2O07. BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC. Apples dfor 0o 1 MODULAR XxxXX THIS MATERIAL IS THE EXCLUSNE PROPERTY PUMP BUILDING for. — OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SHALL ■■ F'N Cp NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED. OR DISCLOSED 1 U�-0" X 16'-0" Hazen Re a rvo i r TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BYTHE m� D...., ey. ACY S�1 DATE REVISION BV DATE REVISION 18y DATE REVISION By WRITTENPERMISSIONOFEIAZERINDUSTRIES. [.. WA GOLD PUMPTECH Renton, WA Sm 11-2907 Q 4 16' B [200-1 FOOTING OVERALL 16'-0" JIM BUILDING OUTLINE T \ / \ / 1 S•2 W ' $•2 Z BLOCKOUTTHROUGH SUB j FOR CONDUIT > 3 (APPROPRIATE BLOCKOUT THROUGH O 5 2 FOUNDATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED) Z O m 0.0CKOUT THROUGH SLAB 3 FOR CONDUIT 12 (APPROPRIATE BLOCKOW THROUGH FOUNDATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED) ab BlOCK.UTTHROIKPH SUB 5-2 FOR CONDUIT 1 (APPROPRIATE BLOCKOUT THROUGH S•1 FOUNDATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED) 1 �41 � r \ 1 FOUNDATION PLAN 1rz•=1•a GENERAL NOTES: I, FOUNDATION SYSTEM IS ENGINEERED ONLY FOR USE W RH BUILONGS MANUFACTURED BY BLAI R INDUSTRIES.INC. 1? M i i R, MNIMVM PROPERTY UNf SETBACK G IRd. BUILDING DELGN LOADS ARE AS FOLLOWS: ROOF .,........RO P I IS' i I WIND ...........8SmpNEw W C'OSe GUII FLOOR....... Erpnseretl MOI SNb b L65L6•k 5/16"PREIMETER FRAME SDSMIC IONC.Se1mIt Ve Group I.SIIe Cb D.SDS"I.000. SDI=D80D I CAST INTO WPRECAST SUB SOILBEARNGCAPACITY...IDWRr R. IERIFY SOB. SEARNG CAPACITY WITS BmLDNG orm- 3 4 3' IF PRECAST SUB S. ALL PERIMETER FOOTINGS TO BE MIN. 17 BELOW GRADE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTNG.OR AS REQUIRED BY 3/16•' FILLET WELD, 3" LONG, ki STEEL PLATE 6k 10" LOCAL CONDITIONS. TO EACH END OF ANCHOR PLATE TO' GRADE 6. CONCRETE TO BE MINIMUM OF —PSI AT RB DAYS. TO CMANNEI{51. GRIND/CLEAN TOI I I� Y. REINFORCED STEEL GRADE BD, PLACED rCLEAR OF BOTTOM. EXPOSE BARE STEEL. AFTER �^ I LAP BARS N. Ir AT ALL-15 AND CORNERS. b WELDING. COVER ALL BARE STEEL III—III— H WITH Z.R.C. COLD GALVANIZING. OUTLINE OF ✓"PRECAST SUB 2 4 N1 C MIN. COMPACTED GRAVEL H 3 3 -- 244 BAR CONT. Z, W DXA. A" BOLTS OR e THREADED ROD WITH NUTS I CONCRETE FOOTING (ON -SITE) 6" 2' TACK WELDED* I 1?MIN. NOTE: FIELD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED. b XXX PRELIMINARY 1 CAST -IN -PLACE ANCHOR PLATE @ CORNER 2 CAST -IN -PLACE ANCHOR PLATE 3 FOOTING DETAIL NOT FOR ONSTRUCTION COPYRIGHT 2— BLAZERINDUMRIES.INC MODULAR PUMP BUILDING for: THIS MATERIAL IS THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SHALL ■■ mw cm NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED 10'-0" X 16'-0" Hazen Re a rvo i r TO OTHERS EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BY THE Omwn eY- ACY ��� REVISION BV DATE REVISION BV DATE REVISION By WRITTEN PERMISSKIN OF BLAZER INDUSTRIES. mi WA GOLD PUMPTECH Renton, WA slen OaTe: 17-29d7 BtCEMM Heavy Duty Turret Head www.uS.schneWi4ctric.com FOR CURRENT LMFoRVAATION Table 21.8: All TU r (Z , ;., It - A -.. n.. Tyne C Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CTO101 rv...a,rr-rypuor- Top Roller- Top Plunger Type Top Push. Top Push- Rod Plunger Wobble Stick Type Plug In Plunger Rod Plunger' Adjustable Palm Wobble Stick Wobbk Wobble Stick p Spring Return Spring ■ Return Spring Return operated A Universal * DELRIN ♦ Extension + Sock Extension Coil S Extenaion� Cat Whisker Plug-in Unit without Head Plug-in _ R mck Only Select Turret , Head t SelectBasic�macts Switc Type7y 3Price S Prke S Price ; 6itce S Ps t162.00 e T P. T1N.O. CSaD 165.00 054E 155.00 C14ED 165.00155.00 C54RA C54JKC ST C C CT54N.C. Standard 2N.0. C62D C62E G62ED C62R♦ 135.00 C62JKCC62K 155.00 155.00 1/6.00 89.00 1820 107.00 19.20 Plug-in 2N.0.-2N.C.NeutraiPosition 194.D0 182.00' 194.00 182.00 170.00 182.00 C82KC 182.00 C62L2NBoil.C. 144.00 - - - - - - _ LXM CT62 2N.0-2N.C. Tap Stage C860 222.00 C66E 212.00 C66ED 222.00 C66R♦ 212.00 C66JKC 116.00 19.20 N.O. C52D C52E 198.00 212.00 212.00 198.00 182.00 135.00 C52KC C52L N Plug-in i N.C. 165.00 155.00 C52ED 165.00 C52R• 155.00 C52JKC C52J C52K 140.00 155.00 155.00 155.00 116.00 78 00 N.O. 1 N.C. CR53D 281.00 CR53E 269.00 CR53ED 281.00 CR53R& CR53JKC CR 3J CR53K CR53KC CR53L for UL Hazardous Hazardcus 269.00 255.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 233.00 - - Location Division I 2N.0. 2N.C. CR61D 308.00 CR61E 299.00 CR61ED 308.00 CR61RA CR61JKC CR61J CR61K C861KC Class I Groups B. C. D 299.00 295.00 299.W 299.00 299.00 "00 - - Gass it 2 N.O.-2 N.C. Groups E, F, G Neutral Position :[2 N.O. 2 N.0 St CR65D 398.00 CR65ECR65ED 327.00 938.00 CR65RA CR65JKC CRC I CR65K CR65KC CR65Liw C9R - - Head Only 927.00 D E ED R a 315.00 927.00 927.00 327.00 Pre travel 67.40 57.90 B7.40 57.90 JKC 43.50 J 57.90 K 57.90 KC 67.90 L 18.10- _ - First NO (22 mm) 10` D ecton 20" - - P� 0.06- (2 mm) 10° (Any Direction) 20° Two - - Stage 0.01' (0.06 mm) Opere�g go Total Travel 0.25' (6.3 mm) - - Data DipsrenGal 0.07 Ob mm) - - Reverse Overtraval _ 3� 61 - Cperating Torque/ Force- - - - L�. 1 Pole and 2 Pok 3 bs. (C.34 N•m) 31trir; (0.34 N�rt) 7lrroz z AA (OAS N -- - Lrt+ laarr travel offccam 3 0.001' (0.03 mm) - Plug-in Replacement Units I To order basic switcn and head iess the plua-in receetade h-i n,bR -......r•-. , . w pow -mil our i L;s4u is type GO54D. • Price does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately. See page 21.10. ■ To lock the rrut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. 4 DELRIN is a registered trademark of DuPont Not for use outdoors. * Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices See Table 21.9. Table 21.9: Wobble Stick Extensions Description Catelog Number 1 $ Price ELFIN extensionDELFIN ��pn 9007WJ�17.70 Wire extension 9007WK 17.70 Coil springCoil spring extensior 1 9007WKC 17 7017 7D Types C U� File E42259 and CF u CCN NKCR Type CR �/ File E10054 L CCN NOW GO File LR25490 Gass 3211-03 \` SFie LR26817 ® Gass 3218-02 1B Compact Box Hazardous Location Acceptable Wre Sizes: ..... ..... Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque..... . . Standard Box .........12-22 AWG 7 Ibdn (0.80 N•m) Flush Mounting 0 2007 Schnaide, Electric Discount All Rights Reserved CPi 21-7 L; Smoke Detector Specifications JPerating Voltage Nomin,!: " 2114'%; -i( 2-wire: 9.5 V - 35 V 'i-wire IOV- 15V Maximum Ripple Voltage ' Kl%of ap;Y-iedvoltaqe (peak TOpeak) Standby Current 2--v,.,ire: 50;jA max nium average 50 NA max:murn average Peak Standby Current 2-wirel 1100jjA 4-wire: -Va Maximum Alarm Current 2-wire. TATi-6: - 30 mA !irnizzecl by control panel 2&TA-3: 13D rrA** 4-wire: 4W"TA-B, 4'ArM-B: nA VJAR-B, 4W7AR-6: 50 i-nA "erer ct Pavve lNon-reverse , far t, 130 rnA.imiiec by panel. Rev 30 rr. A for the 2VV7ArB in aiarm; 12 in A for al' other 24%q-A-B units on the loop. Add 25 mA fo, the RRS-MOD reversing relay warm current. Alarm Contact Ratings 2-wire: n/a 4vvfe: 0.5 A @ 30V AC/DC Form C Contact Ratings 1111111! 11 11 2A Cu 3WAC/r C NOONM 0,mato)y Ternperaturc W F Q Range Operating Humidity to 95% Ri non -condensing Range Thermal Sensor 135' F (57.7 Q f xed Freeze Trouble Input Terminals -- 22 AWG Dimensions (including 5.3 inches (134 mm) diarlleler,2-0 inches (51 base) -n, r.) height Approximate Weight -.11 oz(2009rarris) Sound Pressure Output 95 OBA(models ?A1TA-3,4VVTt-3. 4V,.7A-.-?. a^d -114,11-5AR-B only) Mounting 3',"nch oclauDrial back box, 4-inch CK-lagonal back. box, Sing e gang back box, 4-inch -"cuale back oax with a o.aster ring, Direct mount to EZMRMMa a•;' ZNTA-F, Yes 2-%,,ire max. In'ted0y tro'pane' LED Mode Green LED Fed L�;: on Duration Power up Bitrikervery Blink. every 10 1,0 seconds 10 secor,ds seconds Normal Blink every 5 off (standby) seconcs Out of off, Blink every sensitivity a-co-)cls Freeze Off Blink every 10 trouble seconds Alarm clif : A _d Condition Duraticr, Initial LED 60 secor' status indication Sn-o-le detector shall be aSys-ern Sensor i'Ss:i J�:rjmoer -rotectionSignalinq -detector shall o-- a combination -'- a. sounder (model 2'VVTA-3, =WTA-B), a Fcrn C ee ay ir- o-JE.. -rloinatior sounclerire:ay(rriodel 44'JAA-B'- or an isoiazzecl tnA,mal!3--- -'-er/re4j(ri-odel4W1TAR-B!. The detec-crsiail incudea ccagonal.sing ;egang, t. and,'-r'! �jaie back boxes vvith a plaster ring, or c'rect.'ri cunt --) ., 1h,, f --yWall ancho,sAAlFring corrections stall be -made by rr-,ans --- n detector sha' ailaw pre -wiring -?- i- base ano the e do- tor i � .1 the I' be a p*ug-in type The detector shall have P nominal sensit ivl.ri of 25% per foot riorriir%ias in ine UL smoke bcx-4)e detector shall be capable ofautorna-.iciiiy adjusting its sensitivity by m-ans of drift compensation and smoothing algarithms.TfrC detector shall provide -",lal color LED indica-tior, which blinks to indicate power -up, norrria; standby, oil ci sensitMty. alarm, and freeze troublecondWoris.Wher, used in conjunction with he 2.J MOD2 nodule, 2-wire models shall include a maintenance s:=31 to indicate the need foe maintenance at -.ne alarm cor.trD. pane', and �shr) seal! protddea:oo.otesT,f)gcapability toverif*v,tte- circuit W'rthou:t,- ciead) c. e t ector inoiv;duallv. When used r conjunction unto the RRS-MOD module, ai Psounder modes on a l000 shall sound vthen one alarms, all shall be s,Ynchror'zed, ant all sounders may be silenced frorn-.1ir- panel. RR54,40-, ZNTR 6 Yes 2-are by Control perlej. FIT '*V, Yes 4-'w: re q5 mA A-! 4'AlTr-3 Yes -,I-W;re 3 5 mA 4111VTA.R-4 Yes 4- %M, i e 50 mA 4VATAF-6 yes 4 w*rcl 50 mA SYY TV WT 382S -:,,:o Avenue 60174 6010'-SEINS'0�2 - Fax 63'0-377-16A--1 OrS —'5kE—;v S tool ..racket INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRU0-TIONS j3) Series 2-Wi.c sltiTnd� 'r'�un C 1:�1ay1.='ti�::_B iSouiitir.-� 4-Wire: 4W7R-S (Form C Relay), 41WA-13 (Sounder) T 4WMT ,R-11 (Form C Relay, Sounder), 4wrt'AR-B (isolated fhe:mal, Form C Relay, Sounder) ftfore Installing Please read thoroughly System Sensor Applications Guide for Systern Smoke Detectors, which provides detailed information on detector spac- ing, placement, zoning, wiring, and special applications. Copies are avail- able on System Settsor's web site: www.systesrtsensor.com. NOTICE: This manual shall be left with the owner/user of this equipment. IMPORTANT: This detector must be tested and maintained regularly following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 72 National Fire Alarm Code requirements. At a minimum, cleaning should be per- formed annually. General Description Models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B are 2-wire photoelectric smoke detectors; models 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B are 4-wire photo- electric smoke detectors. All models incorporate a state-of-the-art optical sensing chamber and an advanced microprocessor. The microprocessor allows the detector to automatically adjust its sensitivity back to the fac- tory setting when it becomes more sensitive due to contaminants settling in its chamber. In order for this feature to work properly, the chamber must never be opened while power is applied to the smoke detector. This includes cleaning, maintenance or screen replacement. All models also feature a restorable, built-in, fixed temperature (135°F) thermal detector and are also capable of sensing a freeze condition if the temperature is below 41 °F. Models 2WTA-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-13 contain a piezoelec- tric horn which generates the ANSI S3.41 temporal pattern in an alarm condition. All detectors on a zone will sound when the power supply to them is reversed. The RRS-MOD can be used for the power supply reversal function. The RRS-MOD also enables all the detectors' sounders on a zone to be synchronized and allows the zone to be silenced from the panel by entering the alarm silence key at the keypad. The detector that initiated the alarm condition will have its red LED and Form C relays (if applicable) latched until reset by panel. The model 4WITAR-B photoelectronic smoke sensor is isolated from the fixed -temperature heat sensor, providing a self -resetting, local audible smoke alarm that does not alarm at the panel. Only the fixed -temperature heat sensor will cause the 4WITAR-B to initiate an alarm at the panel and the relay to change its state. NOTE: In order for all P sounder detectors on a loop to sound when the panel alarms, the supply voltage polarity must be reversed. A reversing relay, System Sensor model number RRS-MOD, must be used. The RRS- MOD is designed to allow all i' Series detectors in the same loop to sound when one of the detectors goes into alarm. In addition, the RRS-MOD will synchronize all of the P Series sounder smoke detectors on the loop. Some pastels may require the use of programmable outputs. Refer to System Sen- sor literature for further information on the RRS-MOD. All i' Series detectors are designed to provide open area protection. 'lino -wire models must be used with compatible UL listed panels only. When used with an "ia Ready" control panel or the V Series 2W-MOD2 module (refer to installation manual), the 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B are ca- pable of generating a "maintenance needed" signal. The 2W-MOD2 can indicate a need for cleaning, replacement, or a freeze trouble at the control panel or module. AWARNING The 2W-MOD2 has replaced the previous model number 2W-MOD. To en- sure proper remote maintenance signaling capabilities, do not use the 2W- MOD with i3 model numbers 2WTR B and 2W7A-B. SYSTEM SENSoR° 3525 Ohio Avenue, St. Charies, iliinois 60174 I-800-SENSOR2, FAX: 630-377-6495 www.systernsensor.com installation of the 2WTR-B, 2kVTA-B, 4WTR-B, 4XVTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B detectors is simplified by the use of a mounting base that may be pre -wired to the system, allowing the detector to be easily installed or removed. The mounting base installation is further simplified by the incorporation of features compatible with drywall fasteners. Two LEDs on the detector provide a local visual indication of the detec- tor's status: Table 1: Detector LED Modes Green LED Red LED Power -up Blink 10 sec Blink 10 sec Normal (standby) Blink 5 sec Out of sensitivity — Blink 5 sec Freeze Trouble — Blink 10 sec Alarm — Solid During an initial power -up delay, the red and green LEDs will blink syn- chronously once every ten seconds. It will take approximately 80 seconds for the detector to finish the power -up cycle (see Table 2). Table 2: Power -up Sequence for LED Status Indication* Condition Duration initial LED Status Indication 80 seconds Initial LED Status indication 4 minutes (if excessive electrical noise is present) *Refer to Electrical Specifications for start-up lime in conjunction with panel alarm verification. NOTE: If, during power -up, the detector determines there is excessive electrical noise in the system such as those caused by improper ground- ing of the system or the conduit, both LEDs will blink for up to 4 minutes before displaying detector status (see Table 2). After power -up has completed and the detector is functioning normally within its listed sensitivity range, the green LED blinks once every five seconds. If the detector is in need of maintenance because its sensitivity has shifted outside the listed limits, the red LED blinks once every five seconds. When the detector is in the alarm mode, the red LED latches on. The LED indication must not be used in lieu of the tests specified under Testing. In a freeze trouble condition, the red LED will blink once every 10 seconds (refer to Table 1). To measure the detector's sensitivity, the i3 Series Model SENS-RDR Infra- red Sensitivity Reader tool (see Figure 4) should be used. Refer to instruc- tions manual D100-98-00 for the proper use of the SENS-RDR. Models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B also include an output that allows an op- tional Model RA40OZ Remote Annunciator to be connected. Mounting General spacing guidelines are 30' = 30", with each detector covering 900 ft2 under maximum conditions. Consult NFPA 72, the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and/or applicable codes for specific information regarding the spacing and place- ment of smoke detectors. Each it Series detector is supplied with a mounting base that can be ceil- ing- or wall -mounted: 1. To a single gang box, or 2. To a 31/2-inch or 4-inch octagonal box, or 3. To a 4-inch square box with a plaster ring, or 4. Direct mount or to ceiling using drywall fasteners. D100-99-00 1 156-2170-007R Figure 1: Mounting of Detector O i sm 2141 The i3 Series heads and bases are keyed so that all heads will only fit into their respective bases. One model 4-wire relay base will accept the 4WTR- B, 4WTAR B and 4WITAR-B detector heads and no others. The 21UTR-B, 2WTR B and 4WTA B will only fit into their respective mounting bases and no others. The heads and bases are clearly identified as either 2-wire or 4- wire. When mounting the i3 Series, ensure that the head is mounted to the correct base, and the test switch is aligned with the tamper release tab. Tamper -Resistant Feature The i3 Series detectors include a tamper -resistant feature that prevents re- moval from the mounting base without the use of a tool. To engage the tamper -resistant feature, cut the small plastic tab located on the mount- ing base (Figure 2), and then install the detector. Tb remove the detector from the base once it has been made tamper resistant, use a small screw- driver to depress the square tamper release tab, located on the skirt of the mounting base, and turn the detector counterclockwise. Installation Guidelines The i3 Series detectors represent an advancement over the previous sounder and Form C relay models and are designed to be used with the 2W-MOD2 and RRS-MOD only. Do not nllx detector models on a zone. Figure 2: Tamper -Resistant Feature SNAP OFF TAB FON _ TAMP=R LOCK O ' SOI07-W TAMPER RELEASE 'AR DIRECT MOUNT HOLES Wiring Installation Guidelines NOTE: Style D initiating circuits require the use of a 2W-MOD2 for models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B. Wiring Diagrams Figure 3a: Wiring Diagram, 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B EOL 2-WIRE RESIsroR ZONERA- (4) RA 1 O ONAL (31 - IN/OUT OPiRELEASING (z) _our O CE (,)_m WIRE CONTROL NOT INCLUDED ON PANEL 2WTR-B MODEL s0122-00 NOTE: FOR ALL COMPATIBLE ADEMCO PANELS, DO NOT EXCEED 30OHMS LINE IMPEDANCE. NOTE: ONLY ONE 2WTR-B DETECTOR PER ZONE CAN BE USED. NOTE: Only one 2WTR-B detector shall be installed on a zone, unless the panel switches the zone to a reverse polarity, non -current limited power supply. For panels that do not provide this feature, a reversing relay, Sys- tem Sensor model RRS-MOD, may be used. When utilized with the 2WTA- B, it allows for more than one detector to be utilized on a loop. Some panels may require the use of programmable outputs. Refer to System Sen- sor literature for further information on the RRS-MOD. The 2WTA-B detec- tor shall not be mixed with other 2-wire detectors on the same zone. FA —CAUTION Any 2-wire i3 smoke detector (2W-B, 2WT-B, 2WTA-B, or 217TR-B) wired in the Style D initiating device circuit (IDC) configuration requires the use of a 2W-MOD2 module. This is because fire alarm control panels vary by manufacturer on the implementation of Style D circuits. Therefore, the only way to insure proper operation of 2-wire P smoke detectors (2W-B, 2WT-$ 2WTA-B, or 2WTR-B) on Style D IDC's is to use a 2W-MOD2 mod- ule. Refer to the 2W-MOD2 installation manual, document D500-46-00, for Style D wiring diagrams. The 2W-MOD2 installation manual may be downloaded from the System Sensor web site at www.systemsensor.coni. Figure 3b: Wiring Diagram, 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B All wiring must 1)e installed in compliance with the NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, applicable state and local codes, and any special require- FrI.-I ments of the local Authori(y Having Jurisdiction. Proper wire gauges should be used. The conductors used to connect smoke detectors to the alarm control panel and accessory devices should be color - coded to reduce the likelihood of wiring errors. Improper connections can prevent a system from responding properly in the event of a fire. The screw terminals in the mounting base will accept 14-22 gauge wire. For best system performance, all wiring should be installed in separate grounded conduit; do not mix fire alarm system wiring in the same con- duit as any other electrical wiring. Twisted pair may be used to provide additional protection against extraneous electrical interference. Wire connections are made by stripping approximately V4-inch of insula- tion from the end of the feed wire, inserting it into the proper base termi- nal, and tightening the screw to secure the wire in place. Do not put wires more than 2 gauge apart under the same clamping plate. Two -Wire Compatibility System Sensor two -wire smoke detectors are marked with a compatibility identifier located on the label on the back of the product. For two -wire models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B, connect detectors only to compatible alarm control pastels as identified by System Sensor's two -wire compatibility chart, available at www-systemsensor.com. IOC FOL RESISTOR CONTROL 2 ' > z 0 � s PANEL `- c 1 m 3 3 a NOT INCLUDED ON NUT INCLUDED ON i i, i n 4WTA-8 MODEL 41-IrA-B MODEL ° r. OPTIONAL OPTIONAL RELEASING RELEASING DEVICE DEVICE 311123-00 Installation AWARNMIG Remove power from alarm control unit or initiating device circuits before installing detectors. NOTE: 1b install units so that corresponding LEDs are lined up, refer to the "Green LED" indicator on the base. NOTE: Models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B at)- not to he installed on initiating circuits containing other makes/models of smoke detectors. D100-99-00 2 1>-6-2170-007R 1. Wire the mounting base screw terminals per Figure 3a or Figure 3b, as applicable. 2. Place detector on the base and rotate clockwise. The detector will drop into the base and lock into place with a "click". 3. After all detectors have been installed, apply power to the alarm control unit. 4. Test each detector as described in Testing. 5. Reset all the detectors at the alarm control unit. 6. Notify the proper authorities that the system is in operation. ACAUTION Dust covers are an effective way to limit the entry of dust into the smoke detector sensing chamber daring construction. However, they may not completely prevent airborne dust particles from entering the de- tector. Therefore, System Sensor recommends (lie removal of detectors before beginning construction or other dust producing activity. When re- turning the system to service, be sure to remove the dust covers from any detectors that were left in place during construction. ACAUTION Smoke detectors are not to be used with detector guards unless the combi- nation has been evaluated and found suitable for that purpose. ACAUTION When using the RRS-MOD with nnodel 2WTA-B, do not mix the 2W7A-B with other model smoke detectors and dry contact closure devices, in- cluding mechanical heat detectors, manual pull stations and waterflow switches. Such mixing can cause a direct short on the auxiliary power terminals, damaging the control panel's internal circuitry and/or damage devices connected to the initiating device circuit. Testing Detectors must be tested after installation and following maintenance. NOTE: Before testing, notify the proper authorities that maintenance is be- ing performed and the system will be temporarily out of service. Disable the zone or system undergoing maintenance to prevent any unwanted alarms. Ensure proper wiring and power is applied. After power up, allow 80 sec- onds for the detector to stabilize before testing. Test i3 Series detectors as follows: A. Test Switch 1. An opening for the recessed test switch is located on the detector housing (See Figure 4). 2. Insert a small screwdriver or allen wrench (0.18- max.) into the test switch opening; push and hold. 3. If the detector is within the listed sensitivity limits, the detector's red LED should light within one second. Figure 4: Recessed Test Switch Opening and BENS-RDR Position POSMON sees-RDR ATAN ANGLE ON THE CVAL AREA DR A -THE CHAMBER D%NINO BY TYIE WOaD'PAIN7 J VL=D I{f�R '-GH WECEH SWII"GH 9 A 01B MAX TEST SW.TCH DIAMETER TOOL sotiDoo B. Smoke Entry Test Hold a smoldering punk stick or cotton wick at the side of the detector and gently blow the smoke through the detector until it alarms. C. Direct Heat Method Using a 1000-1500 watt hair dryer, direct the heat toward either of the thermistors. Hold the heat source about 12 inches from the detector to avoid damage to the plastic. NOTE: For the above tests, the detector will reset only after the power source has been momentarily interrupted. It is not necessary to reset the model 4WITAR-B, when smoke is used to initiate the alarm. When testing the 4WITAR-B model, pressing the test switch will result in a non -latching local alarm that does not alarm at the control panel. Once the test button is released, the unit will return to its standby condition. Only the fixed -temperature heat sensor will cause the 4WITAR-B to initiate an alarm at the panel. If a detector fails any of the above test methods, its wiring should be checked and it should be cleaned as outlined in the Maintenance section. If the detector still fails, it should be replaced. Notify the proper authorities when the system is back in service. Loop Verification (models 2WTR-B and 2WTA-a only) Loop verification is provided by the EZ Walk loop test feature. This feature is for use with P Series compatible control panels or the P Series 2W- MOD2 module only. The EZ Walk loop test verifies the initiating loop wir- ing and provides visual status indication at each detector. Refer to System Sensor literature for further information on the 2 W-MOD2. AWARNING The 2W-MOD2 has replaced the previous model number 2W-MOD. To ensure proper EZ Walk Test capabilities, do not use the 2W-MOD with P model numbers 2WTR-B and 2WTA-B. Table 3: EZ Walk Test Detector Modes Green LED Red LEI) Proper Operation Double blink 5 sec — Out of Sensitivith — Double Blink 5 sec Freeze Condition — Double Hlink 10 sec NOTE: The EZ Walk loop test must not be used instead of alarm testing. Maintenance NOTE: Before performing maintenance on the detector, notify the proper authorities that maintenance is being performed and the system will be temporarily out of service. Disable the zone or system undergoing mainte- nance to prevent any unwanted alarms. Power must be removed from the detector before performing maintenance of any kind. 1. Remove the detector cover by turning counterclockwise. (See Figure 5.) 2. Vacuum the cover or use canned air to remove any dust or debris. 3. Remove the top half of the screen/sensing chamber by lifting straight up (Figure 5). 4. Vacuum or use canned air to remove any dust or particles that are present on both chamber halves. 5. Replace the top half of the screen/sensing chamber by aligning the arrow on the screen/sensing chamber with the arrow on the housing. Press down firmly until the screen/sensing chamber is fully seated. 6. Replace the detector cover by placing it over the screen/sensing cham- ber and turning it clockwise until it snaps into place. 7. Reinstall the detector and test. (See the Testing section.) 8. Notify the proper authorities when the system is back in service. Figure 5: Removing Screen/Sensing Chamber FP.�.N �FIFCRM SCIIEEW6DISw0 y/J1aER D100-99-00 3 156-2170-007R Electrical Specifications System Voltage -Nominal Min.: Max.: Max. Ripple Voltage: Avg. Standby Current: Peak Standby Current: Max. Alarm Current 4WTA-B, 4WTR-B: 4WTAR-B, 4WITAR-B: 2WTR-B: 2WTA-B: Alarm Contact Ratings: Form C Contact Ratings: Audible Signal (temp-3 tone): Remote Annunciator Output. EOL Relay: 2-wire 4-wire 2-wire 4-wire 12124 12/24 V Reset Time (min): 0.3 0.3 seconds (Non -polarized for Max. Start-up Capacitance: 0.1 — µF 2WTR-Band 4WTR-B) Max. Initial Stan -up Time: 45 15 seconds 8.5 10 V Alarm Verification** 35 35 V Start-up Time: 15 15 seconds 30 30 % peak to peak *Direct Power (Non -reverse Polarity): 130 mA limited by panel. of applied voltage Reverse Polarity Power. 30 mA for the 2WTA-B in alarm; 12 mA for all other 50 50 µA average 2WTA-B units on the loop. Add 25 mA for the RRS-MUD reversing relay 100 — 4A alarm current. — 35 mA "Assumes the panel's alarm verification reset time is 10 seconds or less. — 50 mA Should the alarm verification reset exceed 10 seconds, use the maximum 130 — mA panel must limit initial start-up time. 130* current Physical Specifications — 0.5 A @ 30 V AC:/DC Heat Sensor: 135°F (57.2°C) 2 2 A @ 30 V ACAK Freeze Trouble: 41°F (5°C) Operating Temperature Range: 32 to I001F (0 to 37.8°C) 85 85 dBA min. in alarm or Operating Ilumidify Range: 0 to 95% supply polarity RH non -condensing reversed (Sounder Storage Temperature Range: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70" C) units only) Diameter (including base): 5.3 inches 7 — mA maximum Height (including base): 2.0 inches — 12/24 A77-716B Weight: 7.1 oz. Please refer to insert for the Limitations of Fire Alarm Systems Three -Year Limited Warranty System Sensor warrants its enclosed product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three years from date of manufacture. System Sensor makes no other express warranty for the enclosed product. No agent, representative, dealer, or employee of the Company has the authority to increase or alter the obligations or limitations of this Warranty. The Company's obliga- tion of this Warranty shall be limited to the replacement of any pan of the product which is found to be defective in materials or workman- ship under normal use and service during the three year period com- mencing with the date of manufacture. After phoning System Sensor's toll free number 800-SENSOR2 (736-7672) for a Return Authorization number, send defective units postage prepaid to: System Sensor, Returns Department, RA x , 3825 Ohio Avenue, St. Charles, IL 60174. Please include a note describing the malfunction and suspected cause of failure. The Company shall not be obligated to replace units which are found to be defective because of damage, unreasonable use, modi- fications, or alterations occurring after the date of manufacture. in no case shall the Company be liable for any consequential or incidental damages for breach of this or any other Warranty, expressed or implied whatsoever, even if the loss or damage is caused by the Company's negligence or fault. Some states do not allow the exclusion or Imita- tion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. FCC Statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following mo conditions: (1; This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: Th:s equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class 6 digital detrice, pursuant to Pan 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro- vide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which car. be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: - Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. - Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. - Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. - Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/'ry technician for help. D100-99-00 4 156-2170-007R 112006 System Sensor Itinnte Lead Centers General Information ® U! Listed. ■ INSTA-WIREi"' neutrals, grounds, and circuit breakers provide quick conductor installation. ■ Visible neutrals aid in conductor installation. ■ Combination slotisquare head screws. ■ Factory installed ground bars on all main lug load centers. ■ Pre -positioned bond screw makes bonding a snap. ® All devices convertible from main lug to main breaker and vice -versa. ■ All factory installed main breakers are bolt on, straight in wired. ■ All load centers are invertible for bottom feed applications. ■ Lifetime warranty on Siemens installed circuit breakers ■ Trim mounting tabs free up both hands to install the trim. ■ Tangential knockouts eliminate the need for conduit offsets. ■ Combination flush i surface mount trim. ■ The'SG' line of main lug load centers come with a 100% provision neutral and a 100°% provision ground.@ ■ The'SG' load centers come with a neutral tie strap which allows conversion to service entrance equipment. ■ The side -hinged door on the outdoor load center can be removed by backing out only one screw. ■ Type QP, QPH, and HQPH circuit breakers can be used as backfed mains on any Ultimate Load Center® when used in conjunction with MBR2 hold down kit. C (D ■ The neutral tie strap on Ultimate Load Centers can be removed to convert the left neutral bar into a ground bar, and to isolate the right neutral bar. A lug kit, LKB1 is required for this type of installation.® The INTS, insulated neutral tie strap, is not needed on Ultimate Load Centers. ■ Acceptable main breakers: - 225A load centers MBK225A, MBK200A, MBK150A, all Type QP circuit breakers backfed - 200A load centers MBK200A, MBK150A, all Type QP circuit breakers backfed 150A load centers MBK150A, all Type QP circuit breakers backfed - 125A load centers MBK125A, MBK100A, all Type QP circuit breakers backfed - 100A load centers MBK100A, all Type QP circuit breakers backfed, with the exception of the 125A Type QP circuit breakers. ■ The neutrals and grounds in the Ultimate Load Center are NECK and UL approved to accept multiple ground conductors.(D ■ Load centers do not have fire ratings for use in firewalls. ■ Copper load centers are recommended for those applications where the environment may be severe, (i.e. farm and coastal areas) or where a premium panel is desired). Q Prepositioned bond screw should be driven down prior to installation of load center in surface mourt applications. C Excluding AFCI, GFCI, and surge breakers. Q G1 2240 125CUSG nas83%neutrals and grounds. G See the wiring diagram on the panel door for the latest product information. Q NEC is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. Outdoor NEMA Type 3R ,_- —'. ultimate° Lead Centers Knockout Diagrams and Lug Data Indoor Main Breaker and Main Lug Enclosures 4 K.O.s For 114" Conduit 2 K.Os For 112 14", yi C Lt 1", 1-1/4' Conduit 10 K.O.s For 112", 3/4", 1" 1-0 Conduit # 0� c ... C.i { 1 10 K.O.s For � t I!i' t` 00j) , 2", 2-112' Condud o 0 .0 12 K.O.s For r r t O 52 K.O.sFor 1Condu C0 � 00 10i0 Q Q �._i' I 1/2" Conduit Outdoor Main Breaker and Main Lug Enclosures 12 K.O.s For 1/2" Conduit 8 K.O.s For 112', 314" Conduit Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3333 Old Milton Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30005 4 K.O.s For 1', 1-112', 2-,2-1/2" Conduit 4 K.O.s For 1", 1-1/2" Conduit 11 -800-964-4114 www.sea.siemens.com/reselec Torque Table ■ Use copper or aluminum 60/750C wire. ■ See circuit breaker markings for wire size and torque requirements. For 100A, 125A Main Breaker and Main Luq Enclosures Terminals Wire Torque A, B, N, G 2/0-4 AWG 110 lb. -ins. Neutral 10-14 Cuil0-12 Al 20 lb. -ins. Ground Bars 8 AWG 25 lb. -ins. (Use Type GB 6-4 AWG 35 Ib.-ins. Ground Bar Kit Accessory) Ground (2) or (3) 14 AWG 20 lb. -ins. Conductors Only (2) 12-10 AWG 20 lb. -ins. LK1-2 Neutral 2/0-2 AWG 45 lb. -ins. Lug Kit LK2 Neutral 210-4 AWG 135 lb. -ins. Lug Kit Main Lug/Main Breaker to 45 lb. -ins. Bus Connection (114-20 nut) Bonding Screw 45 lb. -ins. For 150A, 200A, 225A Main Breaker and Main Lug Enclosures Terminals Wire Torque A, B, N 300 kcmil - 4 AWG 275 Ib.-ins. G 2/0-4 AWG 110 Ib.-ins. Neutral- 10-14 CW10-12 Al 20 lb. -ins. Ground Bars 8 AWG 25 Ib.-ins. (Use Type GB 6-4 AWG 35 lb. -ins. Ground Bar Kit Accessory) Ground (2) or (3) 14 AWG 20 lb. -ins. Conductors Only (2) 12-10 AWG 20 lb. -ins. LK1-2 Neutral 210-2 AWG 45 lb. -ins. Lug Kit LK2 Neutral 210-4 AWG 135 lb. -ins. Lug Kit LK3 Neutral 300 kcmil - 1 AWG 340 lb. -ins. Lug Kit Main LuglMain Breaker to 45 lb. -ins. Bus Connection (114-20 nut) Bonding Screw 45 Ib.-ins. CO2003 Siemens Energy & Automation, Irc All Rights Reserved. Siemens is a reg stered trademark of Siemens AG. Producz names mentioned may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. Specifications are sub ect to change without notice. Ultirnate° Load Centers Main Breaker and Main Lug/Convertible Catalog Numbers Main Breaker/Convertible Load Centers" Aluminum or Copper Bus 12-42 Circuits 1 100-225 Amperes 601750C I Rated 22,000A IR Q Branch Circuits igdoocEnclosure -NEMA Type 1 Outdoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 3R } : Enclosure End sure Main Ampere i l Max: fNo. of 1-Pole Max. Aluminum Bus Copper Bus Height Copper Bus Height Rating j Spaces ; Circuits 2-Pole Catalog Number Catatog Number (inches) " Catalog NumberI (incites) ° } 1 Phase, 3 Wire SN 100 12 24 6 G122481100 G1224B1100CU 18 W1224B11000U 2' 100 16 24 8 G162481100 G1624B1100CU 21 W162481100CU 21 100 20 2C "0 G202OB1100 G202OB1100CU 24 W202OB1100CU 29 100 24 24 '2 - G2424B1100CU 24 - - 100 30 3C '4 _ G303OB1100CU 30 - - 12= 24 24 2 G242481125 - 30 - - 150 16 30 8 G1630B1150 - 24 - - 150 20 30 '0 G203OB1150 G203OB11SOCU 30 - - 150 24 30 '2 G243081150 - 130 - - 150 30 30 '4 G303OB1150 G303OB1150CU 36 I 200 8 16 4 - - - W08168120OCT;s, 27 200 20 40 ..0 G204OB1200 G2040EI1200CU W204OB1200CU 29 200 24 40 "2 G2440B1200 - J0 0 - - 200 30 40 14 G304OB1200 G3040B1200CU 6 W304OB1200CU 38 200 40 40 20 1 G404OB1200 G4040B1200CU 39 W404081200CU 38 225 42 42 21 1- G4242B1225CU s' 42 W42428122SCU V 42 Main Lug/Convertible Load Centers '=' Aluminum or Copper Bus 60/75 C / Rated 100,000A IR 12-42 Circuits 1 125-225 Amperes Branch Circuits Indoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 1 Outdoor Enclosure - Type 311 Endosure Enclosure 1vlain Ampere .1 :tVlax: No. of 1-Pole Max. Aluminum Bus Copper Bus Height Copper Bus Height Rating 1.Spaces Circuits 2-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number (inches) catalog Number (inches) 1 Phase, 3 Wire SN 125 12 12 6 G12121.1125:D G1212L1125CU.a; 21 W12121.1125CU Q 2" 125 12 24 6 G1224L112506 G1224L1125CU'"6) 21 W12241.112SCU© 2' 125 16 24 8 1316241-1125 G1624L1125CU 21 W1624L1125CU 23 .25 20 20 10 G202OL1125 G202OL1125CU 24 - - 25 24 40 12 G24241_1125 G244OL112SCU 30 - - 125 30 40 14 - G304OL112SCU 30 - - 150 1 20 3C 0I G203OLl150 G203OL1150CU 30 W203OL1150CU 29 200 8 16 4 - - - W08161-120OCT'a) 200 12 24 6 - G12241.1200CU.6; 24 W1224L1200CU(, 27 200 20 40 10 G2040L1200 G 20L40 L1 200CU 30 W204OL1200CU 29 200 24 40 12 G2440L1200 G244OL1200CU 30 - 200 30 30 14 G303OL1200 G303OL1200CU 36 - - 200 30 40 14 G304OL1200 G304OL1200CU 36 W304OL1200CU ;5 200 40 40 20 G404OL1200 G404OL1200CU -9 W4040L1200CU 36 225 12 24 6 - - - W1224L1225CU 27 225 42 42 21 - G42421.1225CU'oi 42 W4242L122SCUr9, 42 SG Series Main Lug/Convertible Load Centers "'- 12-40 Circuits) 125-200 Amperes Copper Bus 601751C 1 Rated 100,000A IR Branch Circuits Indoor Enclosure - NEMA Type 1 Main Ampere Max. Ho, of 1-Pole Max.Copper Bus Enclosure Rating Spaces Circuits 2-Pole Catalog Number Height (inches) 1 Phase, 3 Wire SN 12 12 24 6 G12241-1125CUSG 21 125 16 21 8 G1624L1125CUSG 24 125 20 30 10 G203OL1125CUSG 24 125 24 30 12 G2430L1125CUSG 30 150 20 30 10 G203OL11SOCUSG 30 200 30 40 15 G304OLl200CUSG 36 200 40 40 20 G404OL1200CUSG 39 0 Suitable for use as service entrance equipment. QQ Suitable for use as service entrance equipment when not more than six main disconnecting Q Maybe installed on higher rated systems when protected by a means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. circuit breaker with a higher AIR rating. See equipment markings. See article 40F.14 (384-14) of the NEC. Q Indoor enclosures are 14.318' wide by 3-15116' deep. QQ Factory installed 100% neutral with factory bonded 100% ground. No neutral tie strap. U Outdoor enclosures are 14-1/2' wide by 4-114` deep. Qa Comes with feed-thru lugs. Qs See equipment markings for details. ® Tin-plated copper bus bars. imc e"�'Load Center eiectriCenter Accessories Description Catalog Std. Shp.Wt. — Number Pkg (Ibslstd) Surface Mount Spacer Kit (1l4) _ _ _ _ _ _ Filler Plates ECSMKI 10 .10 -- - for branch breakers and 150-225A Ultimate Main Breaker opening (2 regired for 150-225A main breaker opening) - for 100 and 125A main breaker opening ECQF3 100 .25 Load Center Trim Screw (order quantity of 1 equals bag with 6 screws) Reference hole in enclosure ECMBF125 25 ECTS2 100 .25 6 Insulated Isolated Ground Bars - - 5 positions - 14 positions ECINSGBS 20 1 - 20 positions ECINSG614 20 3 Circuit Directory Card (42 circuit) self-adhesive G620 20 ECINSINSCP1 4 Neutral Lug Kits - EC 100 1 - Wire Range #2 - 110 AWG CulAI - Wire Range #4 - 210 AWG Cu1A1 ECLK1-2 50 - Wire Range #1 - 300 MCM CulAl ECLK2 50 2 - with Bond Screw (Ultimate_ Load Centers) ECLK3 10 2 Collar Straps - ECLK61 10 10 - Wire Range 914-110 AWG CulAl, for use with ground bar only - Wire Range #6 WG-250 kcmil CulAl for use with ground bar only ECCS7 ECC52 50 2 - Ground Bar Kits 50 2 - - 5 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14 - 10 position, CuIAI Wire Range - #4-14 ECGB5 20 2 - 14 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14 ECGB10 20 2 - 20 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14 ECGB14 20 2 - 10 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14, plus 1 position #14-110 Cu/AI ECGB20 20 2 - 14 position, Cu/AI Wire Range - #4-14, plus 1 position #14-1/0 CulAl ECGB101 20 4 - 20 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14, plus 1 position #14-1l0 CulAl ECGB141 20 4 - 14 position, CulAl Wire Range - #4-14, plus 1 position #6-210 Cu/AI ECGB201 20 4 - 20 position, CulAl Wire Range- #4-14, plus 1 position #6-210 CulAl ECG8142 ECGB202 20 20 4 4 _ Lug Kits, 2-pole - Wire Range - #3-1 AWG Cu, #110 AWG Al, subfeed or feed-thru applications - Wire Range - #14-210 Cu, #8-3/0 Al, subfeed or feed-thru applications ECLK2125 1 .25 - Wire Range- #1-300 mc_m CulAl, subfeed or feed-thru applications ECLK2150 1 .25 Main Breaker Conversion Kits, for the Ultimate Load Center. ECLK2225 1 .25 Converts main lug load centers to main breaker load centers: - 100 Amp (100 and 125 amp Load Centers) - 125 Amp (125 amp Load Centers) MBK100A 1 1.10 - 150 Amp (150, 200 and 225 amp Load Centers) MSK125A 1 1.10 - 200 Amp (200 and 225 amp Load Centers) MBK150A 1 2.19 __=_225 Amp (225 amp Load Centers) MBK200A 1 2.19 Main Lug Conversion Kits. - - _ MSK225A 1 2.19 Converts Ultimate main breaker load centers to main lug load centers: - 100 to 125 Amps - 150 to 225 Amps ECMLK125 1 .125 Backfed main breaker hold down used with Type QP breakers: ECMLK225 ----- 1 .125 - " - Ultimate Load Centers - EQ Load Centers (60 amps and higher) ECMBR2 25 .02 ECMBR1 25 02 Hubs Conduit Size 11/4" Catalog Number ECHS125 Shp.Wt. (lbs.)IStd. 14 Std. Pk g. 35 1-112" ECHS150 14 35 2" ECHS200 14 35 2-112" ECHS250 14 35 Acceptable Interlock Kits by Device IndoorSiemens •.• Centers E0816ML7125* 1 2 E1020MB1100FCGP 1 2 _ E1224ML1100* 1 2 G12121-1125' _ 1 2_ 4___ _ - G1224B1100* 4 61224C1125*._--...___1 __2....4....__._ G1224L12000U 1 2 3 5 6 7 GT62481T00' 4 G1624L1125` 1 2 4 G163081150 3 _G202081100' 4 _ 92020L1125- 1 2 4 G2_030B1150' 3 G203OL1125CU5G 1 2 4 _ G2030L1150*_ - _ -_1_ _2 3_. 5 G2040B1200* 3 G204OLI200* _ 1 2 35 6 7 46 G242i1D0CU 4 G2424B1125 ____ - 4 _ G2424L1125 1 2 4 G243OB1150 _ 3 _ G2430L1125CUSG 1 2 4 G244081200 3 G244OL1125CU 1 2 4 G24401-1200* 1 2 3 5 6 7 G3030B1100CU 4 G3030131150* 3 _ G3030L12D0* 1 2 3 5 6 7 ti G304OB1200* 3 G3040LI125CU 1 2 4 G3040L7200* 1 2 3 5 6 7 _ _G40409_1200*__ - 3 G404OL1125CU 1- 2 4------ G4040L1200* 1 2 3 5 6 7 G4242B1225CU 3 G42420225CU IndoorMurray 1 2 3 5 6 7 LCO08D* 1 2 L024PFR _-1 2 _5__6 7 LC110DFCGP 1 2 LC122481100 4 LC12241-1125 1 2 4 LC1632B1150_ 3 LC1632B1200 3 LC16321-1125 1 2 4 LC16321-1150 1 2 3 5 6 7 LC2040B1100* 4 LC204081150_-- - -- 3---_ ---------_—_. LC2040B1200* 3 LC20401-1125* 1 2 4 _ LC204011200* 1 2 3 5 6 7 LC244081100 4 LC244OB1150 3 LC244087200 _._ _ 3 LC2440L1150 1 2 3 5 6 7 LC2440L1200 1 2 3 5 6 _7 LC304061100 4 LC304081150 3 ----- - --- _ LC3D4081200* 3 LC30400125 1 2 4 LC3040L1200* 1 2 5 6 7_ LC404081200* 3 _3- LC40401-1200* 1 2 3 5 6 7 LC42421-1225CU 1 2 3 "wild card used for one or more numbers and for letters. ex: EOB16ML1125 could be E0816ML1125FCU. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3333 Old Milton Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30005 Numbers 1 through 8 in these tables represent the last digit in each interlock kit catalog number. Example: I = ECSBPK01 OutdoorSiemens W0404MB120OCT 5 •.. 7 Centers W0816B120OCT W0816L1200CI 3 1 2 3 5 5 -7 _ W0816ML7125CU_ .-1 W 1212LI 125CU 1 2 ___ 2 _ .- _ 4 W1224B7100CU_ _ W1224LI125CU -4_ 1 2 4 W1224L1200CU 1 2 3 5 6 7 W1224L1225CU 1 2 3 5 6 7 W1624B1100CU 4 W1624LI12SCU 1 2 4 _ W202091100CU 4 W203OLl150CU W204081200CU 1 3 2 3 5 6 7 - - - .W2040C12000U W304081200CU - -1 3 2_ 355 67 W 304OL1125CU _ _ -1 W304OLl200CU _ 1 2 2 4 3 5 6 7 W404081200CU _3 W404OLl200CU 1 2 3 5 6 7 W424281225CU 3 W4242L1225CU 1 _ 2 3 5 6 7 Murray Outdoor LWO04TR 2 5 6 1 LAIGOBNR 1 2 LWO816L1200TR 1 2 3 5 6 7 LW122481100 4 LW1224B1200 -- 3 -- - _LW7_2241-7125 LW12241.1200 t 1 2 2 4 _ 3 5 6 7 LW163281100 LW16321-1125 4 1 2 4 LW204081150 LW204DB1200 3 3 -- - _ - -.-- -- LW204OL1125 1 2 4 LW204OLl200 1_ 2 3 5 6 7 LW304081200 3 UA1304OL1200 1 2 3 5 6 7 LW4040B1200 3 When used in horizontal positions as typical in most load centers, ECSBPK07 is recommended for use only with QNR and MD-TR type circuit breakers. Standby power interlock kits are not intended for use with AFCI, GFCI, 3-pole or 112" frame circuit breakers and 4 space, 125 amp load centers. Siemens Meter MC081681150RTH • • 5 7 MC081681150T 5 7 MC0816611507H MC0816B1200FCTM 5 7 2 MC0816B120ORT MC0816B1200R1B 5 7 S 7 MC08168120ORTH MC081681200SCTM 5 7 2 MC0816B1200T Jk681 6B I i0011T 5 7 MC08168135ORLTM 5 7 MC0816B1400RLTM 5 7 MC1224B1100FEC 2 MC1224B1106SEC M4C1224B1125 1 _2 -_- -- MCI 224B1125FEC _ MC122481125SEC 2- 2 MC163281100SEC . _ MC163281125FEC _2...-. _.. 2 - - MC204081150 _ .. _ MC204091200 5 7 5 7 MC20408120OR 5 7 MC2442Bi200FEC 2 MC244291200SEC 2 MC304081200SECW 5 7- MC30428120OFED 3 MC304281200SED MC304281225FED 3_ 3 MC304-281225SED MC404081200SECW 3_ _ _ _ _-- 5 7 MC081681200RJOT MC081681150RJBT- 8 S — MC0816B120ORCr 8 MC0816811SORCT 8 MCD816812DOCT 8 MC081661150CT 8 CombinationsMurray Meter JA081681154RTH _ JA081681150TH 5 5 7 -7_._ ------ ---- — 1AD8168120OR7o JA0816B12DDRTH 5 5 7 7 JA081681200SCTM JA0816B1200T 5 7 jA081681200TH 5 7 JAD8160140ORLTM 5 7 IA11DA* 1 2 --- _JA12248110DFEC JA122481100SEC 2 2 --. --.-._----- -- IA122481125SEc JA1632811005EC 2 2 _-- - - .. -- -,-- -- _JA2D4081150 JA204081200 5 5 7 7 JA204081200FED...- JA204001200SED 3 3 - — — JA244261200FEC IA2442B1200SEC 2 2 - — -- 1A304081200SEC_W 1A3042B1200FED 5 3- 7 ---- JA304281200SED 3 JA3042B1225FED 3 _ JA3042B1225SED 3 JA4D40B1200SECW 5 7 JAG816B120ORCT 8 JA0816B1150RCr JA0816B1200LT B 8 JA081681150CT 8 1-800-964-41 14 Z12005 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. www.sea.siemens.com/reselec Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG. Product names mentioned may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. Specifications are subject to change without notice. electriCenter Accessories Standby Power Manual Transfer Interlock Kits ■ UL listed ■ Corrosion resistant finish ■ For use only on Siemens and Murray products ■ Easy assembly ■ Mechanically interlocks two main breakers so that both ■ Durable, reliable steel construction circuit breakers cannot be "ON" at the same time, ■ Requires no modification to load center or meter converting the panel into a standby power panel combination covers ■ Wide product offering range to cover most Siemens and ■ Remains attached to circuit breakers when cover is removed Murray load centers and meter combinations Interlock Utility Standby Kit Catalog Main Breaker Main Breaker Offering Number Type Type ECSBPK01 ECSBPK02 ECSBPK03 ECSBPK04 - 41E7 ECSBPK05 -- g" ECSBPI<06 - _ - ECSBPK07 1Q ECSBPK08 (2) QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T MP -HT, MP -MT QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T MP -HT, MP -MT MBKXXXA, MBKXXXM where "XXX" is 150 or higher MBKXXXA, MBKXXXM where "XXX" is 125 or lower QNR, QNRH, HQNR MD-TR, MD-HTR, MD-MTR QN, QNH, HQN, MD-T MD -HT, MD -MT QNR, QNRH, HQNR, MD-TR, MD-HTR, MD-MTR QN, QNH, HQN, MD-T MD -HT, MD -MT QPP, QPPH, MPP MPP-HT QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QR QPH, HQPH, — — MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QP, QPH, HQPH MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT QNR, QNRH, HQNR MD-TR, MD-HTR, MD-MTR QN, QNH, HQN, MD-T MD -HT, MD -MT QR QPH, HQPH, MP-T MP -HT, MP -MT (D ECSBPK07 is interchangeable between circuit breaker types. For horizontal applications, typical in mos- load centers, QN (MD-T) style circuit breakers are not recommended. (y limited to specific meter combination catalog numbers. Ocgzx ']> } efectricenter Accessories Standby Power Manual Transfer Interlock Kits ra L ECSBPK01 ECSBPK02 ECSBPK03 Utelily Main Breaker land Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker QR QPH, HQPH, MP-T QP, QPH, HQPH, QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-T QP, QPH, HQPH, MBKXXXA, MBKXXXM QP, QPH, HQPH, MP -HT, MP -MT MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT MP -HT, MP -MT MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT where'XXX" is 150 MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT or higher ECSBPK04 ECSBPKOS ECSBPK06* Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker MBKXXXA, MBKXXXM QP, QPH, HQPH, QNR, QNRH, HQNR QP, QPH, HQPH, QN, QNH, HQN, MD-T QP, QPH, HQPH. where `XXX" is 125 MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT MD-TR, MD-HTR MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT MD -HT, MD -MT MP-T, MP -HT, MP -MT or lower MD MTR ECSBPK07 ECSBPK08 UtiliU Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker Utility Main Breaker Standby Main Breaker QNR, QNRH, HQNR QNR, QNRH, HQNR, OR QN, QNH, HQN, MD-1 QN, QNH, HQN, MD-1 QPP, QPPH, MPP QP, QPH, HQPH, MP-- MD-TR. MD-HTR MD-TR, MD-HTR, MD -HT, MD -MT MD-W, MD -MT MPP-HT MP -HT, MP -MT MD-MTR MD-MTR * QN (MD-T) circuit breaker frames are recommended only for use in vertical applications as shown. electricenter Accessories Standby Power Manual Transfer Interlock Kits Applications utility Standby Power Main Breaker Main Breaker Figure 1 To activate standby power the utility main breaker must be in the "OFF" position so that feedback from the generator cannot travel upstream to the utility power lines. This is accomplished by installing the interlock kit on the utility main breaker and the generator main breaker. The kit prevents both circuit breakers from being 'ON" at the same time. Examples of devices that cannot be used in standby systems JA004CW _ _ JA004CY JC04061-1200RH _ JC04061-12001RHJB MM04061-1125FEC MM04061-1125SEC JA06061-1200C JC04061-1200SEC MM04061-1200FEC_ JA0606L1200RC JR912CS MM04061-1200H JA12121-1200FED _MC0606L1200RC JA12121-1200SED MC06061-120ORCA MM04061-1200RH MM04061-1200RHJB JA904CW _ JA904CY MC06061-1200RJ_BC MC0606ML120OR MM04061-1200SEC MM0406ML1125F JA912CS JC04061-1125FEC MC0606ML12RB_ MC12121-1200FED MM0406ML1125S MM0406ML120OF JC04061-11255EC JC04061-120012001-1 MC12.1.21-12005ED MC12241VIC120OF MM0406ML1200S_ JC04061-1200FEC MC1224MC1200S Wire Figure 2 Figure 3 Panels in which the bussing or wire forms from the meter socket land on main lugs (Figures 2 and 3) are not acceptable for use in standby systems because turning the main breaker to "OFF" does not prevent feedback to the utility power lines. Standby power interlock kits are not intended for use on AM, GFCi, 3-pole or 112" frame circuit breakers, or 4 space, 125 amp load centers. electriCenter Accessories Standby Power Manual Transfer Interlock Kits Applications , V 4 " ' r ECSBPK01 ECSBPK02 ECSBPK03 qle— For use on load centers or meter For use on load centers or meter For use on Ultimate" and Rock Solid combinations that will accept 2-pole combinations that will accept 2 or load centers 150 amp and higher to circuit breakers opposite one another 4-pole next to a 2-pole circuit breaker connect the main breaker to a 2-pole as shown. side by side as shown. circuit breaker. - d 111W7 ECSBPK04 ECSBPK05 ECSBPK06* For use on Ultimate and Rock Solid For use on load centers or meter For use on load centers or meter load centers 125 amp and lower to combinations that will accept a QNR combinations that will accept a QN connect the main breaker to a 2-pole (MD-TR) frame circuit breaker next to a (MD-T) frame circuit breaker next to a circuit breaker. 2-pole circuit breaker as shown- 2-pole circuit breaker as shown. ems' + 1 - g ECSBPK07 ECSBPK08 For use on load centers or meter For use on load centers or meter For use on 8 space, overiunder, OHIUG combinations that will accept two combinations that will accept two feed meter combinations as shown. QNR (MD-TR) circuit breakers side by OR QN (MD-T)* circuit breakers side by Limited application to specific catalog side as shown. side as shown. numbers. QN (MD-T) circuit breaker frames are recommended only for use in vertical applications as shown. CITY OF RENTON �� i 1(1 , -TRACKING NO. 18.3 Transmittal of Shop Drawing or Submittal For: Hazen Reservoir CONTRACTOR: T BAILEY INC. RH2 Job No.: PEN 105.049 Item covered by this submittal: Building TVSS Refer to the following attachment(s) for a detailed description of the item. Applicable specification section(s): 13.2 B1 ❑ First Submittal OR ® Resubmittal No. 3 ® This item is as specified OR ❑ This item is a substitution/or equal ❑ Supplier/Subcontractor certifies: ❑ Conforms to contract ❑ Minor deviations as specifically noted ❑ Major deviations as specifically noted Review Priority: 01 ❑ 2 ❑ 3 Due Date: 'dotes to Engineer:: Date Received by Contractor: Date Returned to Subcontractor/Supplier: Contractor Comments: Deviations Specifically Noted: 9/17/2008 9:15 AM J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submittal 018.3 - Building.doc Date Received by RH2 Engineering: 9/16/08 Date Returned to Contractor: 9/17/08 Engineer's Comments: 1. The model number provided, 1P201, is for a single phase, 2W + GRD, system. The power service will be 240/120, single phase, 3W + GRD. The specified model, 1S101, is the appropriate model for this application. Provide the specified 1S101 model, instead of the 1P201 model provided in the submittal. 2. Provide the integral fused disconnect as specified. A 30 Amp circuit breaker is installed ahead of the TVSS so that the unit can be isolated for repair if necessary. The separate disconnect provided in the submittal is not required. ❑ Reviewed ❑ Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ® Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RIi2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date: 9/17/08 By: Chris Roberts 9/17/2008 9:15 AM J:\Data\REN\105-049\SDC\Submittals\Submittal 018.3 - Building.doc �r �j`i`'� Submittal 0 8.3 Hazen Reservoir Renton, WA - Job #878 RH2 Engineering, Inc. City of Renton Project #- WTR-27-3214 3.2 B1 Premanufactured Electrical Building Resubmittal TVSS (surge suppressor) The building supplier would like to supply the EATON PTX-160-1 P201-SD They can have it in 2-:3 weeks. They feel it would be better to have the disconnect separate from the TVSS, in case it ever needs repair, they can isolate it before the unit. General Contractor: T BAILEY, INC. 12441 Bartholoriew, Rd. Anacortes, WA 98221 Voice 360) 293-0682 Fax 360) 293-3893 It is hereby certified that this equipment/material is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. T BAILEY, INC. By Date 09/16/08 EJ*N rna PTX1601PTE160 Protectors Introduction u i cJi l3. E. ,:on Innovative Technology has provided Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) to power quality equipment users around the world. Whatever your electrical surge protection need may be, Eaton Innovative Technology has a Surge Protective Device to fill it! General Features Submittal Spec Sheet Eaton Innovative Technology' Models PTX160/PTE160 Surge Protective Devices Mechanical and Electrical Features ----,j • Fnclosure --- Pmyder Coated Steel, weatherproof; NEMAll` Lyp(,, 4 11P66), meets or exceeds Type '12, 13 & 3R • Connection — #10 (6 mm') stranded wire • Weight — 12 Ibs (5.5 kg) • Operating Temperature — -40 to 185'F (-40 to 85'C) • Protection Modes — All Mode L-N, L-L (normal mode), L-G, N-G (common mode) • Input Power Frequency --- PTX: 47 - 420 Hz, PTE & all -SD optioned units: 47 - 64 Hz • Response Time — PTX: <-1 nanosecond, PTE Active: <1 nanosecond • Capacitance — PTE: Up to 10 NF per mode Note: For applications utilizing a ground fault circuit interrupting (GFC0 main breaker, please use the PTX model. • Diagnostics -- LED indicators, 1 per phase, narfnally on • Remote Alarm Form C (Volt Free) relay, contact rating 60 W, or 125 Vac @ 0.5 Amp, or 30 Vdc @ 1 Amp • Overcurrent Protection Device Requirement — Reference installation instruction for details Maximum EMI/RFI Attenuation — Mil-Std-220 Maximum Attenuation 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz Frequency 3..;5 21 4C.,,3 ::1:;a 5d? A013id98-ir • Peak Surge Current — 160 kA per phase; BO kA per mode Optional Features and Equipment • ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Location Categories —A, B and C • Active Tracking Network (ATN") — PTE models • Application -- High to Low Exposure Level, sensitive, --j• • Audible Alarm, Surge Counter and Phase Loss Monitor mission critical load applications including: distribution (S.M.A.R.T.) — (-SD suffix) panels, branch panels and critical load centers. • Stainless Steel, Type 4X enclosure — (-SS suffix) (contact --� • Warranty — 20-Year Free Replacement factory, minimum quantities apply) • Agency Listings — UL° 1449 Second Edition, cUL°, • Fused — (-L suffix) (See the Eaton Web site for current field UL6 1283, ETL drawings) • Manufacturer Qualifications -- ISOO 9001:1994 Quality • Fused Disconnect -- (-D suffix) (See the Eaton Web site for System Certification BSI FM 30833 current field drawings) Innovative Technology is a registered service mark of Eaton Corporation. UL and cUL are federally registered trademarks of Underwriters Laboratories Inc ISO is the registered trademark and sole property of the International Organization for standardization. NEMA is the registered trademark and service mark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association, Active Tracking Network (ATN) is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation. �� ROI TECTOM Dimensions are in Inches (mm) 0x0. Bri7i:" 8.75 9.50 (222.3)(241.3) +��•(E O 5.25 1133.4) • 4.00 (101.61 IL Mounting 735 (186.7) Foot 6.00 (152.4) —► Performance Data ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 Measured Limiting Voltage " ULSVR PTE Models PTE Models ALL Models ALL Models At Ring Wave Al Ring Wave W/O Impulse C3 Impulse UL 1449-2 2 kV, 67 A 2 kV, 67 A 6 kV, 3 kA 20 kV, 10 kA Suppressed 180° Phase Angle 90° Phase Angle 90• Phase Angle 901 Phase Angle Voltage Ratings Nominal LN LL L-N LL L-N L-L L-N LL LN L-L PTX160 System System LG N-G LG N-G LG N-G LG N-G LG N-G PTE160 Config Voltage MCOV HiL-N HiL-G HiL-N HiLG HiL-N HiL-G Hil-N HiL-G HiL-N HiL-G 1 plot S"ngla- hase 250 — - — — 2w+ and 240 w4 V enn dni� tt7201 Smq,a-Phase 200, 208. 220, 320 80 — 480 — 990 —V 1580 — 800 — 2v,t+gmd 230, 240, 277 150 100 520 90 1060 %0 184t) 1650 800 Soo 1 So t-Phase 100/200.1101220; 150,300 70 80 250 280 550 910 1030 1340 n00 , rna 12C/240,127/254 110 90 390 240 580 530 1210 1130 4 400 3Y101 3.Phase 100/175,110/190, 150P300 70 80 280 280 550 910 1030 1 400 800 4tv.9ma ,127/220 110 90 390 240 580 530 121 1130 400 400 3Y201 3-PhasaY/Star 220,1380,2' , 320r640 80 110 480 830 990 17 1580 2310 800 1500 &v>grnrl 240,1415, 277!480 150 100 520 90 1060 1940 1650 800 800 3Y300 3-PhaseY/Star 305!525.347!600 42WO . '90 580 102 1220 2140 1770 2600 1000 2000 4w-grnd 730 620 1200 1190 1880 1760 tOCO 1000 30101 3-Phase A 1200,10 150)300 80 380 380 580 930 1390 1550 400 1500 H.-Leg) 120 �30 290 970 830 1630 1500 400 400 4.;-grnd 120 380 430 980 1840 1640 800 800 NN201 3-phase A 200. 208, 220. — 70 — v ' --410 — *0 — 1490 — &Co i 3w+gild 230,240 610 — 670 — 970 — 1440 800 — P3ta400 3-phased 0, 415, 580 — 70 — 770 — 1730 -- 390 — 1500 3vv+grad 440,480 1180 — 1280 — 1750 — 2390 — 1500 — h,N501 asa A 525,600 750 — 90 — 970 — 2160 — 2890 — 2000 3,,v-grnd 1350 — 1650 — 2130 — 2990 — 2000 - -Test env:ronmer,t A!! casts oerformea v::t 6 lead length, oos:l,ve po'arty Vo:tagas are pea< s 10% f0easurerren-s are taken from zero reference car NEMA LS-1 Eaton Corporation Innovative Technology SPD Products 1000 Cherrington Parkway Moon Township, PA 15108.4312 USA Phone.t-800-525.2000 Web: wyrw.itvss com E=T•N txuusw= r"YEAaj r1� i 1 C UL US LISTED r ` EISQ 90013139537 8l3F A`-` JICC4-200 Ea!er,.o�pa*agar A'^ 3 ytts ReSer M 1, rted rtr USA Fow fla Pse-lo -ME Dace. aer 2W7 F.'T* e6 I.T. Protector installation IM01006010E 1 INTRODUCTION PTX " t (00 - 1Po20 t - r)' D 1.1 Scope This Installation manual contains the Information necessary to install Eaton Corporation's line of I.T. Protector Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) for the following electrical system wiring configurations: ----�• Single Phase (1P) • Split Phase (1 S) • 3 Phase Wye (Star) (3Y) • 3 Phase High -Leg Delta (3D) • 3 Phase No Neutral (NN) 1.2 I.T. Protector Catalog Numbering System Before connecting the SPD to the electrical system, locate the label attached to the SPD that contains the unit's Catalog Number, and then use the diagram below to verify that the SPD matches the electrical system's voltage and wiring configuration. PT X 160 - J To -- Per Phase Peak Current (kA) 04B=48180 WMordo'.t.Surge oter 085 = 85 080 = 80 400 Options' SD = S.M.A.R.T. Surge Count L = Fused Und (up to 300 k r D = Fused Disconnect Blank = None Circuit Design Configuration & Voltage Ranges (Vac) )Standard Suppression IP101= Singla•Phase— 100. 110, 120, 127 —Active Tracking Network (ATN) 1P20 = Single -Phase — 200. 208, 220, 230, 240, 277 Sine Wave Tracking, UL 1283 1S101 = Split -Phase — 100/200, 110/220. 1201240, 127/254 3Y101 = Three -Phase WYE (Star) — 100/175, 1101190, 120/208. 1271220 --- — 3Y201 = Three -Phase WYE (Star) — 2201380, 2301400, 2401415, 2771480 3Y300 - Threo-Phase WYE (Star) — 3051525, 347160o 3D101 - Three -Phase High Leg Delta- 120/240 NN201 = Three -Phase Delta — 200, 208, 220, 230. 240 NN400 = Three -Phase Delta — 380, 400, 415, 440, 480 NN501 = Three -Phase Delta — 626. 600 Note: The S.M.A.R.T. unit and Fused Disconnect are not available with the PEM, In this example, Catalog Number PTX160-3Y101-L-PEM-E identifies a Protector with the following features and ratings: • Standard Suppression Circuitry • Surge Current Rating of 160 kA • Three -Phase WYE Configuration Voltage Range of 100/176 to 127/220 Vac Internal Fusing PEM Circuitry PEM Ethernet Circuitry Rev. 2 - 1/2008 Page 1 Heavy Duty Safety Switches 1. Quick -make, quick -break operating mechanism 12. Unique enclosure design increases rigidity and that ensures positive operation prevents cuts and scrapes to conductors and installer's hands 2. Visible blade, double -break switching action 13. Spring reinforced fuse clips that assure reliable 3. Arc chutes dissipate heat and prolong switch life contact for cool operation 4. Highly visible red handle grip. Designed for hook 14. Door latch securely holds door closed and stick operation allows cover padlocking 5. Defeatable dual cover interlock 6. Center punch provided for field drilling to allow ON padlocking 7. Handle can be padlocked in the OFF position 10 8. with up to (3) padlocks with 5/16" hasps Generous top, bottom and side gutters that meet or exceed NEC wire bending space requirements 9. Informative door labeling which includes replacement parts list 10. Tangential knockouts through 200A for easy conduit lineup 11. Side -hinged door that opens past 180 degrees for easier wiring Siemens Energy 8 AA,-omation. Irc Indus'rial Controls Catalog 15. Front removable mechanical lugs that are suitable for CU/AI 60 or 75' C conductors. 16. Lugs are field convertible to copper body and to a wide variety of compression connectors 17. Hinged clear line terminal shield with probe holes for inspecting or testing line side terminals 18. Embossed aluminum nameplate on Heavy Duty Switches provides highly visible ON/OFF indication 19. Drawn cover for increased rigidity and resistance to abuse 20. Top key hole and bottom mounting holes provide easy 2 or 3 point mounting Heavy Duty Safety Switches i Horsepower Ratings l' Indoor —Type 1 Outdoor — Type 3R 240V AC 1 phase, 2 Phase, T 3 Phase, 260 Catalog List I Ship Wt.4 Catalog List Ship Wt., 2 Wire 4 Wire 3 Wire Volt j Number Price S Std Pkg. Number Price S t Std. Pkg. Std. I Max. I Sid. I Max, Std. I Max. DC l 240 Volt Fusible,!� 2-Pole, 2-Fuse, and Solid Neutraiu (Also used for 2-Pole, 2-Wire Applications) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 1 12 HF221NR 13 1)S 3 — — 3 7% 5 60 HF222N 18 HF222NR 19 3 10 — -- 7% 15 10 I I 100 HF223N 23 HF223NR 24 73 15 -- -- 15 30 20 200 HF224N 47 HF224NR 48 15 -- -- -- 25 60 40 400 HF225NHO 129 HF225NRH 131 15 - - 50 125 60 400 HF225N 153 HF225NR 157 15 - — 50 125 50 600 HF226NHu 133 HF226NRH' 135 15 -- — 75 200 50 600 HF226N 155 HF226NR 159 15 - - 75 200 50 800 HF227N 360 HF227NR 362 -- -- - 100 250 50 1200 1362 1 HF228NR■ 1 1364 1 — I — — — 100 250 50 3-Fuse, and Solid Neutral (Also used for 3-Pole, 3-Wire Applications) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt 30 HF321N 14 HF321NR 15 ih 3 — 3 5 60 HF322N 19 HF322NR 20 3 10 — T 10 I I I 200 HF323N HF324N 25 49 HF323NR HF324NR 26 50 73 i5 15 — — 25 30 60 20 40 400 w F325NH` 137 HF325NRHO 138 15 50 125 50 400 158 HF325NR 162 15 — 50 125 50 600 NF32 139 HF326NRH0 142 15 — — 75 200 50 600 HF326N 161 HF326NR 165 15 — 75 200 50 F00 HF327N 380 HF327NR 383 — — — 100 250 50 1200 HF328N HF328NR 385 — — — — 100 250 50 240 Volt Fusiblec" 2-Pole, 2-Fuse@ I Type 4/4X Stainless T 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 30 HF221S 13 211 13 1% 3 I 3 7% 5 60 HF222S 1 HF222J 3 10 7% 15 10 1 100 HF223S 24 7% 15 15 30 20 200 HF224S .doeHF223J 48 HF224J 48 25 60 40 3-Pole, 3-Fusew -.J#ffa used for 2-Pole, 2-Wire Applications in 400-800K"Wans) 240 Volt AC/250 Volt DC 30 S 14 HF321J 14 1% 3 3 n — 1 1 60 F322S 20 HF322J 20 3 10 — 7A 15 10 100 HF323S 25 HF323J 25 7J. 15 15 30 20 HF324S 49 HF324J 49 15 = 60 40 400 HF325S 154 HF325J! 110 15 = 50 50 600 HF326S 157 HF326J! 161 15 75 2 800 HF327SN 367 HF327J! 367 — — — 700 250 ! Built to order. Allow 2.3 weeks for delivery. • in pounds (lbs). '^ Height reduced switch t45.25 rather than 56 inches in height) for use with WOMCM or smaller conductors. 'T Dual horsepower ratings: Std.- applies when non time ' When a neutral is required use a field installed neutral delay fuses are installed. Max.. applies when time- kit. daisy fuses are installed. TT Suitable for use as service entrance aquipment. J: These switchos are UL-listed for application on &Also rated Type 3St3K grounded 8-phase systems and are suitable for 3 phase motor applications. Discount Schedule A Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc Indastnal Controls Catalog Thomas Malphrus Hazen Reservoir - Shop Drawing Review Page 1 From: Thomas Malphrus To: Sled, Raymond P« p l V l 510 i\ 3 Date: 1 /9/2008 11:18:43 AM Subject: Hazen Reservoir - Shop Drawing Review Ray: In their shop drawing review comments for the Hazen Reservoir, RH2 added two notes to the Owner. Attached please find RH2's notes which are found under the heading, Engineer to Owner/File Notes. Please look at these notes and provide me with any comments you may have in a timely manner. I do not see any problems with these changes. The first change regards the addition of interior roof stiffeners instead of constructing the roof as, "free standing". All joints will be seal -welded. The second change regards changing the stair balusters from 1-1/4 inch steel pipe to 5/8 inch bars. See Sheet 22 of the construction plans, Detail C for an illustration of the stair balusters. If you need more detail please contact me. Thanks, Tom ]': 1 r Date Received by RH2 Engineering. 12/6/07 Date Returned to Contractor: 1 /4/08 Engineer to Owner/File Notes: • An alternative roof design has been submitted with stiffeners instead of a free standing dome roof. This configuration is reported to be easier to construct and will therefore provide better assurance of maintaining the desired roof profile. Calculations and drawings are adequate with all joints seal -welded. We recommend accepting this alternative. 5/8" steel bar was submitted as an alternative to the 1-1/2" steel pipe balusters. Calculations show that the steel bar is adequate to resist IBC load requirements as long as the bar is not adjacent to a joint in the top handrail. We recommend using steel pipe balusters on each side of a top rail joint and 5/8" bar balusters elsewhere. Engineer to Contractor Notes: Sheet 5: - Note 5 should be revised to indicate slope from center and from edge toward sump Sheet 15: - Please provide product information indicating the yield strength of the 2'/2" full couplings proposed at equipment access openings is equal to 491,000 lbs (to match the yield capacity of the bolt) or greater. Sheet 20: - Name plate says 4.5 MG - actual capacity is 4.22 MG Sheet 22: -All roof vent fasteners must be stainless steel (A307 shown) per 514/S07 Sheets 30, 36: - Pipe supports must have stainless steel bolts (A307 shown) per 515/S07 Sheet 41: -Ladder cover is only 8 ft tall and does not provide security to back side of ladder. Please provide vandal shield equal to that shown on Dwg. No S06 Sheet 44: - Please provide documentation that the proposed stair treads have the same load capacity as the specified stair treads. - Please provide 1 1/4" std steel pipe balusters where there are interruptions in the top rail. 5/8" SB are acceptable elsewhere. Sheet 46: - The step height from the roof platform onto the roof appears to be greater than 7.75". Please ensure that the maximum step height is 7.75" - Missing diagonal bracing between platform support osts per detail B/S05 Sheets 48,49: - Missing L2x2 horizontal platform bracing per Dwe SO4 Sheet 54: - Interior platform grating must be stainless steel per detail 2/SO4 Sheet 57: - Missing vertical unistrut on perimeter handrail for conduit attachment per detail 502/S05. ❑ Reviewed ® Revise and Resubmit ❑ Rejected ❑ Furnish as Corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. Date:1/4/08 By: Karen Kornher, P.E., S.E. and Ton Conner Thomas Malphrus - RE: Shop Drawing Review Response Page 1 From: "Kyle Pettibone" <kpettibone@RH2.com> To: "Thomas Malphrus" <Tmalphrus@ci.renton.wa.us> Date: 1/9/2008 9:22:59 AM Subject: RE: Shop Drawing Review Response Here you go. Let me know if you have any questions. The roof design is shown on RH2 Dwg S03 (sheet 17) and TBI Sheet 7 (page 10 of the PDF). It is probably easiest to see the difference if you review the roof -shell connection detail (RH2 Detail 1; TBI Detail 2). The stair balusters are called out on RH2 Dwg S05 (Sheet 22), Detail C and TBI Sheet 44 (page 31 of the PDF). Basically this is a change in structural shape. There should be no functional change. -----Original Message ----- From: Thomas Malphrus [mailto:Tmalphrus@ci.renton.wa.us] Sent: Wednesday, January 09, 2008 8:42 AM To: Kyle Pettibone Subject: Shop Drawing Review Response Kyle: In RH2's response to Submittal 8, Reservoir Shop Drawings, the Reviewer has noted two changes to the Owner (Engineer to Owner/File Notes:). I want to run these by Ray Sled but I need more information. Please provide me with a reference to shop drawing page number and detail number for each of these changes. Thanks Tom This message contains confidential information and is intended only for the addressed recipients. If you are not the addressed recipient you should not disseminate, distribute or copy this e-mail. Any views or opinions presented in this email are those of the author and may not represent those of the company. RH2 Engineering, Inc, www.rh2.com Thomas Malphrus - Shop Drawing Review Response _ Pa e 11 From: Thomas Malphrus To: Pettibone, Kyle Date: 1 /9/2008 8:42:02 AM Subject: Shop Drawing Review Response Kyle: In RH2's response to Submittal 8, Reservoir Shop Drawings, the Reviewer has noted two changes to the Owner (Engineer to Owner/File Notes:). I want to run these by Ray Sled but I need more information. Please provide me with a reference to shop drawing page number and detail number for each of these changes. Thanks Tom